Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. / FY2015 Annual Report

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
Annual Report 2015

MCB · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker MCB
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 291
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
Loading PDF…
M

c

B

r

i

d

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5

Manufacturing our future
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

 
 
 
 
 
 
Contents

Strategic report

Highlights 

At a glance  

Chairman’s statement 

Executive review 

Investment case 

Market opportunity 

Business model 

Strategic priorities  

World‑class manufacturing 

Our strategy 

Q&A with Rik De Vos 

Principal risks and uncertainties 

Corporate responsibility 

Corporate governance

Chairman’s introduction  

Board of Directors 

Corporate governance report  

Audit Committee report 

Remuneration report 

Nomination Committee report 

Other statutory information 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Financial statements

Independent auditors’ report 

Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated balance sheet 

Consolidated cash flow statement 

68

72

72

73

74

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt  75

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

Independent auditors’ report 

1

2

4

6

11

12

13

16

19

20

Company balance sheet 

22

24

27

Notes to the Company financial statements 

Additional information

Subsidiaries 

Group five‑year summary 

31

Useful information for shareholders 

32

34

42

46

60

61

66

76

77

109

111

112

116

118

119

Cautionary statement
This Annual Report has been prepared for the shareholders of McBride plc, 
as a body, and no other persons. Its purpose is to assist shareholders of the 
Company to assess the strategies adopted by the Group, the potential for those 
strategies to succeed and for no other purpose. The Company, its Directors, 
employees, agents or advisers do not accept or assume responsibility to any 
other person to whom this document is shown or into whose hands it may 
come and any such responsibility or liability is expressly disclaimed.

This Annual Report contains certain forward‑looking statements that are 
subject to risk factors associated with, amongst other things, the economic and 
business circumstances occurring from time to time in the countries, sectors 
and markets in which the Group operates. It is believed that the expectations 
reflected in these statements are reasonable but they may be affected by a 
wide range of variables which could cause actual results to differ materially 
from those currently anticipated. 

No assurances can be given that the forward‑looking statements in this 
Strategic report will be realised. The forward‑looking statements reflect 
the knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this 
Strategic report and the Company undertakes no obligation to update 
these forward‑looking statements. Nothing in this Annual Report should 
be constituted as a profit forecast.

Strategic and Directors’ reports 
The Strategic report and the Corporate governance and Financial statements 
form a Directors’ report. Both the Directors’ report and Strategic report have 
been drawn up and presented in accordance with English company law and the 
liabilities of the Directors in connection with those reports shall be subject to 
the limitations and restrictions provided by such law. In particular, the Directors 
would be liable to the Company (but not to any third party) if the Strategic 
report and/or Directors’ report contain errors as a result of recklessness or 
knowing misstatement or dishonest concealment of a material fact, but would 
not otherwise be liable.

The Strategic report forms part of the Annual Report, full copies of which can 
be obtained free of charge from the Group’s website at  
www.mcbride.co.uk or from the Company’s registered office.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

1

Welcome to the McBride plc  
Annual Report and Accounts

McBride plc is Europe’s leading provider of Private Label 
Household and Personal Care products, developing, producing 
and supplying our products to major retailers throughout 
Europe and beyond. 

Our mission is to return to and then maintain McBride on a 
sustainable growth path focusing on selected markets and 
customers achieving high customer satisfaction through 
operational excellence and cost leadership.

Revenue  
(£m)

Adjusted operating  
profit (£m)

Adjusted diluted EPS 
(pence)

Debt/ 
EBITDA

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

704.2

744.2

761.4

813.9

812.4

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

28.5

22.0

23.6

29.5

29.0

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

8.3

5.3

7.3

9.7

9.3

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

1.9

1.9

1.8

1.5

1.6

Highlights

•	 Revenues at £704.2 million (2014: £744.2m) were 

0.3% higher than prior year at constant currency. On a 
reported basis revenues 5.4% lower due to the impact 
of a weaker Euro on translated results.

•	 Strategy review completed during the second half of 
the 2015 financial year; outcome is a transformation 
plan with a three phase approach to be known as 
“Repair, Prepare, Grow”.

•	 Adjusted operating profits up to £28.5 million 

•	 Ambition is for McBride to become the 

(2014: £22.0m) with operating margin rising to 4.0% 
(2014: 3.0%).

•	 UK restructuring project delivers in year savings of 

£4.9 million and remains on track to deliver targeted 
annual savings of £12.0 million by June 2016.

•	 Successful implementation of new Classification, 
Labelling and Packaging (CLP) regulations by 
May 2015.

•	 Adjusted diluted earnings per share up to 8.3 pence 

from 5.3 pence in the prior year.

•	 Exceptional items of £17.8 million (2014: £34.5m) 
include £9.8 million of non-cash asset impairment 
and £8.0 million cash cost associated with CLP and 
reorganisation. 

•	 Net debt ended the year at £92.4 million 

(2014: 84.7m) with committed headroom of 
£94.6 million (2014: £96.4m).

leading European manufacturer and supplier of 
Co-manufactured and Private Label products for 
the Household and Personal Care market through 
selected channels and markets. 

•	 Plan focuses on maximising the benefits of McBride’s 

scale through internal efficiency with significant 
investment to be undertaken in reducing complexity 
and upgrading of assets to focus on core strength of 
manufacturing excellence.

•	 Three to five-year ambition is for adjusted operating 
profit margin (EBITA %) to grow to 7.5% with return 
on capital employed targeted at 25%-30%.

•	 Repair phase commenced with £3 million of further 

annual overhead savings already actioned.

•	 Dividend policy reset reflecting prudent 

and sustainable funding approach ahead of 
transformation plan, with current full-year payment 
to shareholders of 3.6 pence (2014: 5.0p).

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
2

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

At a  
glance

McBride is a major manufacturer of Household and Personal 
Care products, developing, producing and supplying its 
products to a wide range of customers including most major 
European retailers for their Private Label offer as well as to a 
number of brand owners.

United Kingdom

UK and Ireland

Western Europe

France, Iberia, Benelux, Italy and Germany

Barrow

Bradford

Hull

Manchester

Ieper

Estaimpuis

Moyaux

Etain

Foetz

Rosporden

Bergamo

Sallent

 manufacturing

 sales offices

Zhongshan

Hong Kong

Zhongshan

Hong Kong

Vietnam

Kuala Lumpur

Vietnam

Kuala Lumpur

Melbourne

Melbourne

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

3

Who we are
McBride was established in 1927. From its historic UK base, 
the Company has grown both organically and by acquisition, 
expanding its range of products and its manufacturing base into 
key continental European markets and Asia Pacific. The Company 
listed on the London Stock Exchange in 1995.

Rest of the World

Poland, Czech Republic and Asia Pacific

17

manufacturing sites

operating from

12 countries

Strzelce

Brno

4,750

employees 
around the 
world

49/50

leading 
European 
retailers

over

1bn

units 
produced  
per year

4m

units 
produced  
per day

Hong Kong

Zhongshan

Ho Chi Minh City

Kuala Lumpur

Melbourne

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
4

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Chairman’s 
statement

Following the change of 
executive representation on 
the Board during the year, we 
have taken the opportunity to 
review the strategic direction 
for the Group and this is 
outlined on pages 16 to 21.

Dear Shareholder

You will notice in this 2015 Annual Report a fresh feel 
and look for McBride and I am pleased to write this 
statement introducing the new team and the new 
direction alongside our report on the 2015 financial 
performance. 

The strategic review, undertaken in the second half of 
the year was a key activity for the Board and the new 
executive team, and the outcome of this review is shown 
on pages 16 to 21. 

The Corporate governance section explains our 
approach to risk management, Board performance 
evaluation, succession planning and gender diversity. 
It includes commentary on our markets and 
environment, it sets out our business model and our 
new strategic direction and it describes our stance on 
corporate responsibility.

As a Board, we continue to seek to improve the 
governance of the Group for the benefit of all our 
stakeholders. My introduction to the Corporate 
governance report on page 31 sets out how the Board 
has complied with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
2012 (‘the Code’) principles which applied throughout 
the financial year ended 30 June 2015. Other key 
matters which we, as a Board, have considered during 
the year are referred to below. 

Board changes
During the year we have appointed two new executive 
officers to the Board. Chris Smith was appointed on 
7 January 2015 as Chief Finance Officer replacing 
Richard Armitage who left the Company last year 
to pursue an alternative career. On 2 February 2015, 
Rik De Vos was appointed as the new Chief Executive 
Officer replacing Chris Bull who left the Board in 
December 2014. 

Refer to the Remuneration report for full details of the 
Remuneration Policy and how it has been implemented 
for both the departing Directors and for the new 
appointees. See pages 46 to 59.

I am delighted to welcome both Rik and Chris to the 
Board and look forward to working with them as we 
strive to develop and implement our strategy.

Results
On a constant currency basis, revenues increased 0.3%. 
However, primarily as a result of the weaker Euro, 
reported revenues decreased by £40.0 million to 
£704.2 million (2014: £744.2m). 

As a result of the work undertaken during the year to 
reorganise the UK business, we have started to deliver 
the projected benefits and enabled the Group to 
improve profitability. 

Adjusted profit after tax attributable to shareholders 
grew by 56.7% to £15.2 million (2014: £9.7m). Loss 
after tax attributable to shareholders was £0.7 million 
(2014: £19.1m loss). Adjusted diluted earnings per share 
was 8.3 pence (2014: 5.3p). 

Refer to the Executive review for further details on our 
financial highlights and performance. See pages 6 to 10.

Payments to shareholders
The Board will recommend a full year payment of  
3.6 pence/share (2014: 5.0p/share), to be paid by way 
of B Shares. The reduction this year is a result of the 
Board’s new policy on payments to shareholders which 
is described on page 9.

Our people
I would like to thank all McBride employees who have 
continued to give the highest level of commitment 
during the course of a challenging year for the Group. 
This dedication and hard work has helped deliver the 
results reported within this Annual Report.

Current trading and outlook
The Group has made a satisfactory start to the new 
financial year with the benefits of cost reduction 
programmes evident. We have commenced our 
transformation plan and the McBride team is now 
embarking on a period of change to reposition McBride 
for a more sustainable future.

The Board is pleased and encouraged by the way the 
new Executive team have effectively recommended 
and concluded on the Group’s new strategic direction. 
Together with the new Executive Leadership team, the 
Board is confident on the delivery of the new strategy.

Iain Napier
Chairman

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

5

Our governance principles 

Leadership
To ensure that high quality decisions are made, 
the Board has spent time challenging the future 
strategic direction of the Group as well as assessing 
the performance, responsibility, availability and 
contribution made by each Board member to 
ensure and secure a sustainable growth plan.

See pages 35-36

Effectiveness
The Board assesses its own performance on an 
annual basis together with an evaluation of the 
collective and individual contributions of Board 
members. This includes an assessment of the 
composition of the Board to ensure all members 
discharge their duties and responsibilities 
effectively.

See pages 36-39

Risk management/accountability
As a Board we place emphasis on identifying the 
nature and potential implications of the principal 
risks facing the Group and on ensuring that 
appropriate mitigating actions are in place.

See pages 24-26

Remuneration
The Board recognises the importance of ensuring 
that Executive Directors’ remuneration is 
competitive and designed to align with the interests 
of the Group’s stakeholders. Our Remuneration 
Policy has been designed with a view to being 
transparent and in line with best practice.

See pages 46-59

Engagement
We value the opportunity to engage with all 
stakeholders of the business and in particular to 
ensure that appropriate dialogue takes place with 
our shareholders with whom we aim to maintain 
regular and open dialogue.

See page 40

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
6

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Executive  
review

We have embarked on a 
journey to transform and 
simplify the business and 
to return it to a sustainable 
growth path.

Group operating results
Despite challenging conditions in the Group’s main 
developed markets, full year constant currency 
revenues were marginally ahead (+0.3%) of the prior 
year with Private Label sales 0.5% higher. Reported 
revenues declined by 5.4% primarily as a result of the 
weaker Euro.

Strong growth in Germany of over 30% was offset by 
weak sales activity in France, Italy, Spain and Poland 
and UK revenues which were lower by 4.8%.

Group operating results now reflect the benefits of 
the UK restructuring project that was announced in 
June 2014. The project remains on track to deliver the 
annualised benefits of £12.0 million by 30 June 2016 
with savings for the full year of £4.9 million, ahead 
of the £3.0m initial target as a result of actions to 
accelerate the delivery of benefits.

<< Rik De Vos
Chief Executive Officer

< Chris Smith
Chief Finance Officer

Margins have improved during the year from a 
combination of factors including operational 
efficiency in production, product reformulation and 
innovation, improved product sales mix and the net in 
year effect, after customer price concessions, of softer 
raw material prices.

On a constant currency basis, total operating costs 
before adjusting items and the impact of profit based 
incentives and one off severance costs decreased 
by £3.3 million. The UK restructuring project and 
lower depreciation contributed £5.6 million, offset by 
increased commercial and labour costs.

Adjusted operating profit for the year was £28.5 million 
(2014: £22.0m) with adjusted operating profit margin 
increasing to 4.0% (2014: 3.0%) and return on capital 
employed improving to 18.8% (2014: 12.7%). As a result 
of a weaker Euro, adjusted operating profit for the 
year includes a negative foreign exchange translation 
impact of £2.5 million.

Cash generated from operations before exceptional 
items was £44.2 million (2014: £40.6m), with a 
net working capital outflow of £1.3 million. Capital 
expenditure cash flow increased to £21.9 million 
(2014: £18.8m), mainly as a result of the investments 
made to support the UK restructuring announced in 
2014. The increase in cash outflow for exceptional 
items of £10.7 million (2014: £4.2m) reflects primarily 
the impact of the charge taken at June 2014 for the UK 
restructuring project. Net cash flow before distributions 
was £2.3 million (2014: £5.5m). Cash payments made to 
shareholders during the year amounted to £8.7 million 
(2014: £8.9m). Consequently, year‑end net debt 
increased to £92.4 million (2014: £84.7m).

The Group’s balance sheet remains robust with net 
assets of £57.5 million (2014: £68.6m) and gearing 
at 61% (2014: 49%). The Group maintains significant 
borrowing headroom of £94.6 million (2014: £96.4m) 
on committed debt facilities. The Group traded 
throughout the period with ample headroom on its 
associated covenants.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

7

Segmental performance

8.7%

35.0%

56.3%

6.4%

41.1%

52.5%

Revenue by segment
UK
£246.5m

Western Europe
£396.2m

Rest of the World
£61.5m

Adjusted operating 
profit by segment
UK
£14.0m

Western Europe
£17.9m

Rest of the World
£2.2m

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

UK
In an intensely competitive retail environment and with 
McBride’s key customers all reporting weak trading, 
McBride’s sales levels fell year‑on‑year. 

Reported revenue decreased by 4.8% to £246.5 million 
(2014: £259.0m). The decline in revenues was a result of 
price reductions, lower Private Label volumes and a fall 
in contract manufacturing volume. Market data shows 
UK Household Private Label market share was broadly 
flat year‑on‑year, but total volumes of all products were 
approximately 2% lower. In Personal Care, the market 
was also influenced by promotional activity with Private 
Label volume share in our selected Personal Care 
segments declining to 7.7%.

Trading profits improved from £4.2 million in the 
prior year to £14.0 million as a result of a net benefit 
from lower input costs offset by price concessions to 
customers, foreign exchange benefits from the weaker 
Euro, lower depreciation (£1.8 million) and the benefits 
of the UK restructuring project (£4.9 million).

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
8

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Executive  
review continued

Western Europe 
On a constant currency basis, revenues for this region 
rose by 3.5%, with reported revenues lower by 5.6% at 
£396.2 million (2014: £419.5m) as a result of the weaker 
Euro in 2015 compared to the prior year. Private Label 
revenue at constant currency grew by 3.2%. 

The key driver behind the region’s growth was 
increased sales in Germany derived from key business 
wins in both the prior and current year, delivering a 
year‑on‑year growth for the market of 30.6%. Across 
the other key countries of the region, namely France, 
Italy and Spain, revenues were lower by between 4% 
and 9%. The decline in France was due to the effects 
of increased branded promotional activity and weaker 
performance in Italy was attributable to generally 
subdued economic conditions. In Spain, revenues 
fell as a result of reduced trading at a number of our 
key customers.

In France, the overall market for Household products 
grew by 1.6% in volume terms. However, Private Label 
volumes declined in the year by 0.4%, resulting in 
lower Private Label market share as branded goods 
promotions saw a steady rise in prominence. A number 
of McBride’s key accounts in France reported weak 
trading in the past twelve months and with price 
pressure from discounters as well as branded goods, 
McBride experienced both volume and price reductions. 

In Germany, the largest Private Label market in Europe, 
Private Label sales were up 0.7%, whilst the overall 
sector grew 3.0%, resulting in a reduction in Private 
Label volume share of 1.0%. A major contract win, 
secured in 2014 delivered substantial sales growth for 
the region, with some of this new volume falling into the 
first few months of the new financial year. 

The Italian market is still characterised by weak 
consumer demand, with the overall Household market 
down 0.2% in volume terms and Private Label volumes 
down 1.0% in the year. The fragmented nature of the 
retail environment and the prevalence of niche suppliers 
means that there are many retailer/supplier relationships 
and as a result McBride’s sales have been impacted by 
the fortunes of our key customers. 

In Spain, the demand for Household products now 
appears to be returning to growth with the overall 
market for Household products growing by 0.8% in 
volume terms and Private Label volumes increasing 
by 2.5%. As a small player in this market, McBride’s 
revenues declined despite the rising market. However, 
the exit rate on revenues in the final quarter showed 
encouraging growth. 

Trading profits for the region at constant currency 
declined by 1.1% to £17.9 million due to sales mix and 
overhead cost increases.

Rest of the World 
Reported revenues decreased by 6.4% to £61.5 million 
(2014: £65.7m) however, on a constant currency basis, 
revenues for this region rose 1.7%. Our key market in this 
segment, Poland, disappointingly reported a decline 
of 1.5% in its growing domestic market due to price 
deflation. The overall market for Household products 
grew by 0.4% in volume terms, while demand for Private 
Label products in Poland demonstrated robust growth 
with volumes up 9.2%. In Asia Pacific, continued growth 
in Australia was offset by flat sales performance in the 
rest of the region.

Other financial information
Exceptional items
Exceptional items of £17.8 million (2014: £34.5m) mostly 
comprise of the following four components.

Following the strategic review of our UK operations in 
2014, follow‑on redundancy and consultancy costs have 
been recognised in the year in respect to this project 
of £0.8 million.

As outlined at the time of our 2014 full year results, 
the past financial year has seen substantial levels of 
engagement of the Group’s technical, operations and 
commercial teams in the significant change process 
related to CLP regulations that came into effect on 
1 June 2015. 

Costs of £3.7 million in the year ended 30 June 2015, 
comprising temporary labour and inventory disposal 
costs associated with this programme have been 
classified as exceptional costs.

Following the change in the Executive team, the Board 
has performed a detailed review of the Group’s strategic 
priorities and direction. As a result, we are today 
announcing our strategy to transform and simplify 
the business and to return it to a sustainable growth 
path. As part of this transformation plan, action has 
already taken place and reorganisation costs of £3.1 
million primarily for redundancy have been recognised 
in relation to this initial phase of the plan. Overhead 
savings of £3 million are expected to be delivered 
during the next financial year as a result of this early 
action. 

In addition, the Group has recognised goodwill and 
asset impairments amounting to a total of £9.8 million 
with regard to the Italian Household liquid businesses 
and the French and Chinese Aircare businesses.

As we transform the business in line with the new 
strategic direction, shareholders should expect 
exceptional restructuring costs in the coming two years 
of approximately £15 million and additional capital 
investment above recent run rate of 25% over the 
transformation period, to be funded from operating 
cash flow and existing facilities.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

9

Covenants
The Group’s funding arrangements are subject to 
covenants, representations and warranties that are 
customary for unsecured borrowing facilities, including 
two financial covenants: Debt Cover (the ratio of net 
debt to EBITDA) may not exceed 3:1 and Interest Cover 
(the ratio of EBITDA to net interest) may not be less 
than 4:1. For the purpose of these calculations, net debt 
excludes amounts drawn under the invoice discounting 
facilities. The Group remains comfortably within 
these covenants. 

Pensions
The Group operates a defined benefit pension plan 
in the UK. At 30 June 2015, the Group recognised a 
deficit on its UK plan of £29.8 million (2014: £28.4m); 
the increase during the period is principally due to 
a fall in the applied discount rate slightly offset by a 
reduction in expectations of long‑term inflation.

Going concern
The Group meets its funding requirements through 
internal cash generation and bank credit facilities, most 
of which are committed until April 2019. 

At 30 June 2015, committed undrawn facilities 
amounted to £94.6 million. The Group’s forecasts and 
projections, taking account of reasonably possible 
changes in trading performance, show that the Group 
will be able to operate comfortably within its current 
bank facilities.

The Group has a relatively conservative level of debt 
to earnings. As a result, the Directors believe that 
the Group is well placed to manage its business risks 
successfully despite the current uncertain economic 
outlook. After making enquiries, the Directors have 
a reasonable expectation that the Company and 
the Group have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in the preparation of the financial statements.

Net finance costs
Net finance costs which amounted to £7.1 million 
(2014: £7.4m) included the first full year borrowing 
costs of the long term US Private Placements with 
these increased costs offset by foreign exchange gains 
on financing activities. The comparative 2014 costs 
included an additional £0.4m of pre‑paid facility fees 
associated with the previous debt facilities renegotiated 
during 2014.

Profit before tax and tax rate
Reported profit before tax was £2.6 million 
(2014: £21.3m loss) with adjusted profit before tax 
totalling £21.7 million (2014: £14.8m). The tax charge 
on adjusted profit before tax for year of £6.5 million 
(2014: £5.1m) represents a 30% effective tax rate. This 
compares to the 34% effective tax rate for the year 
ended 30 June 2014, the decrease being due to a 
change in the jurisdictions in which Group profits arise, 
derived mainly from an improvement in UK profitability.

Earnings per share 
On an adjusted basis, diluted earnings per share (EPS) 
increased by 57% to 8.3 pence (2014: 5.3p) with basic 
EPS at (0.4) pence (2014: (10.5p)). 

Payments to shareholders
The Board’s policy on payments to shareholders 
has been reset following the review of strategy and 
a prudent view of ongoing funding requirements 
associated with the new strategy. As a result, the Group 
expects to distribute adjusted earnings to shareholders 
based on a dividend cover range of 2x‑3x. The Board 
will look to increase these payments as the earnings 
of the Group improve ensuring that payments are 
progressive with earnings growth, taking into account 
funding availability.

This policy reset will result in a full year payment to 
shareholders of 3.6 pence (2014: 5.0p) which reflects 
a dividend cover of 2.3x (2014: 0.9x). Following the 
interim payment of 1.7 pence declared in February 2015 
(2014: 1.7p), the Board recommends a final payment to 
shareholders in October 2015 of 1.9 pence (2014: 3.3p) 
and it is intended this will be issued using the 
Company’s B Share scheme. Going forward we expect 
the interim payment to be approximately one third of 
the full year payment.

Following final publication of the Finance Bill 2015, 
the Group can confirm that the provisions of the 
new legislation do not impact the operation of our 
B Share scheme.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
10

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Executive  
review continued

Our strategy

Repair

Prepare

Grow

It is imperative for McBride to 
restore its operational performance 
and improve its structural cost 
competitiveness to become the 
industry and cost leader.

Strategy
Profitable growth is essential to the future of McBride. 
In the past, the Company has invested significant 
resources into growth supporting initiatives including 
know‑how development, new assets, geographic 
expansion often via acquisition, and product innovation. 
However, the Company has not seen the returns 
for these investments. We have to recognise that 
markets, customers and competition have moved on 
and adapted in a fast changing environment. McBride 
needs to adapt as well. 

Whilst we are a supplier to the retail industry, in 
essence, we manage an industrial manufacturing 
platform and we need to excel in the management of 
our assets. This is the core of McBride; we need to buy 
well, sell well, but especially, make well. For McBride to 
prevail in the future, this aspect of our activities needs 
to be world‑class. Therefore, we have launched our 
new Company slogan as “Manufacturing our future”. 
We are still passionate about Private Label but a key 
focus will be to build a future around our core strength: 
our manufacturing excellence.

See page 16-21

Translating this manufacturing excellence into cost 
leadership is only possible through making choices in 
what we make and where we sell. Over the past years 
McBride has built a level of complexity in its business 
which prevents the Company from translating its scale 
into sustainable competitive advantage. We will make 
these choices and drive our business decisions and 
actions with the single aim of restoring our operational 
performance and improving our cost competitiveness. 
To deliver the new strategy, it is imperative for McBride 
to become the industry and cost leader, maximising our 
scale advantage.

The totality of actions and initiatives we will undertake 
to deliver this strategy will be known as “Repair, 
Prepare, Grow” and the following pages summarise how 
this programme will develop over the coming two to 
three years and the milestones and financial targets we 
are working towards. The newly established leadership 
team has the right focus and determination to deliver 
these objectives.

On behalf of the Board

Rik De Vos
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Smith
Chief Finance Officer

8 September 2015

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

11

Investment  
case

Today, McBride is the leading European provider 
of Private Label Household products to major 
retailers. Our ambition is for McBride to become 
the leading European manufacturer and supplier of 
Co‑manufactured and Private Label products for 
the Household and Personal Care market through 
selected channels and markets.

Transformation opportunity
After a number of years of disappointing returns, the Group has entered into a transformation phase under 
a new management team driving a new strategic direction. This transformation aims to optimise McBride 
activities maximising the leverage of its scale to deliver our growth ambition and value creation.

Market dynamics supporting 
McBride’s growth opportunity
A number of developments in McBride’s markets 
will mean McBride’s scale and geographic spread 
will be ever more a key part of market supply and 
growth. These include consolidation of retailers 
in many parts of Europe, the emergence of the 
discounter retailers with their Private Label offer, the 
drive by many established retailers to simplify their 
product ranges and supplier base and, additionally, 
increased outsourcing activity by the brand owners. 
Our scale will allow us to maximise our growth.

Balanced customer and 
product base as a fundamental 
requirement to serve customers 
effectively
McBride supplies its products to a very wide range 
of customers including virtually all of Europe’s 
leading retailers. In order to be more effective in 
serving our customers and markets we will need 
to be selective to ensure high customer satisfaction, 
while intensifying our co‑operation through 
appropriate value propositions, aligned with the 
specific channel and customer requirements. 
This will require clear prioritisation in our markets, 
customers and product offering.

World-class manufacturing assets 
are key to our cost competitiveness 
and operational excellence
McBride’s extensive network of manufacturing 
locations and assets offers unrivalled capacity and 
capability to both retailers for Private Label and 
branders for outsourced manufacturing. The market 
dynamics offer further opportunities which will 
require targeted investments into our key sites. 
These investments, aligned with our selective 
market and product offer, will allow for a substantial 
improvement in our cost competitiveness and 
operational excellence.

Geographic spread combining 
regional commercial focus with 
global production and R&D 
synergies
The Group has well established market positions 
in all of Europe’s major economies – Germany, UK, 
France, Italy and Spain, as well as the Benelux and 
Poland. The Group has manufacturing and product 
development facilities across Europe. The alignment 
of our commercial activity to the specific regional 
market requirements allows for customer focus 
while we continue to maximise synergies between 
the manufacturing assets. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
12

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Market 
opportunity

In spite of limited overall 
market growth, McBride can 
exploit growth opportunities 
by fully utilising our scale, 
operational excellence and 
driving a lower cost base.

Market and customer dynamics
By working with Private Label manufacturers, 
supermarket retailers have developed their own “brands” 
to attract and retain customers. Furthermore, retailers 
have been “tiering” their Private Label offering, either 
with store wide banners, such as “Finest” or with labels 
such as “Value”. Private Label manufacturers can help 
retailers with this tiering by enabling a store brand to 
have an image of its own that shoppers can identify with. 
Private Label products are typically low priced and value 
for money and are associated with a quality product 
for an affordable price. Scale producers of Private 
Label products, such as McBride, are well positioned to 
develop this quality and price dynamic for the retailers to 
differentiate themselves from their competition.

Product and service differentiation
For supermarket retailers, a Private Label manufacturer 
is essentially a contract manufacturer offering a cost 
effective means to outsource production of a specified 
product to bear the retailers’ store banner or other 
exclusive store brand. Private Label manufacturers of 
an appropriate scale can engage with customers in a 
deeper R&D and supply chain integration for the benefit 
of both parties.

Channel development alignment
A key dynamic in McBride’s markets is the evolving 
nature of the channels McBride sell into. The retail 
markets in many of the countries we operate in are highly 
concentrated, with a limited number of supermarket 
retailers and, as a result there is fierce competition. 
Private Label is a key part of that value chain, so 
supermarket retailers need large, sophisticated Private 
Label manufacturers able to provide them with a 

competitive advantage. Discounters have experienced 
a steady increase in sales across Europe, which has 
been fuelled by the economic downturn. Discounters’ 
combined market share of the EU grocery market in 
1999 was 8.4%, grew to 15.2% by 2014 and is forecast 
to show a compound annual growth approaching 5% 
per annum to 2020 with total growth of c. €60bn. The 
discount format successfully competes on price, quality, 
consistency and simplicity rather than offering a wide 
choice, access to manufacturer brands or an unnecessary 
level of service. Because of the focus on price and quality, 
most products offered by discounters are either Private 
Label or other exclusive store brands developed by 
Private Label manufacturers.

Other supermarket retailers are responding to the 
challenge from discounters in their national markets by 
reducing complexity in their on‑shelf ranges, including 
both manufacturer brands and Private Label ranges, 
in order to drive economies of scale in their buying 
and distribution. This process favours Private Label 
manufacturers with the scale to supply large volumes 
of these new Private Label products.

Co-manufacturing production for brand owners 
Private Label manufacturers often use their asset 
capacity to Co‑manufacture for brand owners. While this 
is not a new phenomenon, there is a noticeable 
increase in the demand for such arrangements. These 
types of agreements also show a trend of becoming 
more structural in nature, both in size and duration. 
For McBride, the requirements, apart from scale, to serve 
this opportunity are not different from direct supply to 
major retail customers, while assisting in maximisation 
of asset utilisation.

Regulation
As seen in McBride in the past few years, the burden 
on businesses from global, regional and national 
regulations continues with little sign of slowdown. 
The Consumer Labelling of Products regulations, which 
came into effect in June 2015, required extensive 
technical and commercial efforts for both McBride and 
our customers. More legislation and regulation is already 
planned in the coming three years. Retailers will need 
to manage the cost implications of these processes and 
will increasingly rely on their suppliers to ensure their 
products comply, which will favour the larger and better 
resourced Private Label manufacturers, such as McBride.

Drivers of product choice
•	 Price is the most important 
driver of buying choice  
for 37% of consumers;  
the most important  
single characteristic

•	 Only 3% of shoppers  
are most concerned  
with brand when choosing 
products; eighth on  
the same list

Price 1st

88%

59%

37%

Quality 2nd

64%

33%

19%

Top five driver

Top two driver

Top driver

Relative position as 
the leading driver 
of product choice

Promotion 3rd

Taste/smell 4th

Brand 8th

Use by date 5th

Health/environment 6th

Familiarity 7th

36%

8%
3%

Source: IGD UK shopper survey on product choice, March 2015

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

13

Business  
model

McBride will deliver sustainable profit streams to permit appropriate 
investment in assets to maintain the leading position in the industry. 
We will achieve this by offering tailored services aligned with specific 
customer and channel requirements. We will cement these relationships 
through a complete focus on improving operational excellence and driving 
our cost competitiveness, with the aim to fully lever our scale.

EXTERNAL
DRIVERS

INTERNAL
DRIVERS

Branded goods
owners

Raw
materials

Supply 
chain
focus

CHOICES

Quality
assets

People

Scale

Cost
leader

Service
best in
class

Competition

Regulation

Satisfied
customers

Sustainable
margins

Quality
products

Organisation

Technical
competence

Customer
concentration

Channel
development

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
14

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Business  
model continued

External and market drivers
The markets in which McBride is active are being 
challenged through a number of drivers impacting the 
overall market quality and opportunity.

•	 The European macroeconomic climate will not 

deliver substantial growth in our key territories in the 
foreseeable future. In fact, market research indicates 
that Household and Personal Care markets will not 
grow in the coming years, with Private Label recently 
losing market share to the brands.

•	 Raw material input costs are a major part of our 

product cost. Raw material costs have been volatile 
over many years and whilst oil prices have recently 
been lower, the disconnect between the oil price 
and the derived material costing, such as plastics 
materials, PE and PP, has grown and has not assisted 
with stable cost structures for our activities.

•	 The regulatory environment continues to develop 
with more stringent regulations concerning the 
production, use and application of our type of 
products. While McBride welcomes initiatives to 
improve safety for the consumer, this also creates 
a substantial cost increase in the development, 
production, distribution and use of our products.

Converging forces
•	 Our end market, the European consumer, is becoming 
more dynamic and more mobile in their shopping 
habits. As value and convenience are growing 
aspects of their shopping behaviour, the response 
from the different channel players is diverse. This 
array of responses puts additional demands on 
McBride’s ability to meet these dynamic trends from 
an innovation, manufacturing, supply and hence 
overall cost positioning.

•	 Our supermarket customers are challenged on their 
ability to deal with these consumer dynamics. This 
has an indirect impact on McBride as our customer is 
looking for innovation, while, at the same time, cost 
efficiency and simplification measures are more and 
more key in their evolving models.

•	 Our competition, like McBride, is actively developing 

answers to all these challenges. Some of them, 
through appropriate choices, offer a selective value 
proposition to our channels and markets. McBride 
needs to provide such a proposition as well.

Our strategic positioning
Our ambition is for McBride to become the 
leading European manufacturer and supplier of 
Co‑manufactured, Private Label products for the 
Household and Personal Care Markets through selected 
channels and markets.

We will offer tailored services aligned with specific 
customer and channel requirements, and will cement 
these relationships through a complete focus on 
improving our operational excellence and driving 
our cost competitiveness with the aim to fully lever 
our scale.

Creating value through our business model
The dynamics as described above will favour market or 
industry leaders as they can fully utilise their scale in 
purchasing, innovation, manufacturing excellence, legal 
know‑how and customer relationship management. 
Today McBride is active in a wide array of products, 
markets and customers. The complexity inherent in 
this range of activities has negative consequences. It 
has slowed down decision making, our service, quality 
and responsiveness to customers, while the resource 
required to support the broad activities affects our 
manufacturing and overhead cost structures negatively.

Therefore, before McBride can deliver further growth 
ambitions by building upon market dynamics which 
should play to our advantage, the Group needs to 
substantially simplify its activities. These include 
a review of our product range, our processes and 
procedures, our organisational set‑up and our overall 
cost basis. McBride can then focus on the preparation of 
our new organisation, focused asset development and 
investment programmes, and identify our key growth 
platforms.

This simplification will allow for a substantially 
lower cost base, more effective manufacturing and 
distribution, and clear priorities for our New Product 
Development (NPD) programmes and sales teams on 
where to drive sales and value growth.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

15

Our three to five year ambition for adjusted 
operating profit margin (EBITA %) is 7.5% with ROCE 
targeted at 25%‑30%. Our growth ambition and 
value creation is based upon four building blocks.

1

2

Customer oriented service agreements 
aligned with channel requirements 
We will have a tailored offering aligned with 
the respective channel characteristics and the 
supporting customer service levels and agreements 
clear on content and commitment.

Manufacturing excellence with customer 
integrated supply chain networks 
An investment programme targeted at an optimised 
asset configuration supporting our market 
and growth ambitions. Continued investment 
in existing assets will further improve our 
operational cost and will be extended to additional 
investments, upgrading our five key assets, 
Middleton, Ieper, Estaimpuis, Foetz and Strzelce 
to world‑class manufacturing sites. This will give 
us a combined cost and efficiency leadership. 
Through simplification, our supply and distribution 
capability will be further strengthened.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

3

4

Maximising our manufacturing 
efficiencies through structural 
supply agreements
Our strong asset base creates the opportunity to 
further develop manufacturing agreements with 
other industry players, as we have done in the past. 
There is a clear visible trend that demand for such 
agreements is increasing. By developing contracts 
of a longer and more structured nature, McBride will 
be able to generate further structural value by more 
effectively utilising our asset base.

Focus on the development of our people, 
organisational capabilities and skills
Whatever we do, whatever organisation we build, 
we will not deliver upon our ambition and promise 
if our people are not engaged, developed and 
positively challenged. McBride has launched a 
series of structural initiatives further supporting the 
development of our people through a reinforced HR 
team and its activities. 

Value improvement
Effective implementation of this new model 
and the transformation of the Company to the 
new way of working is set to deliver sustainable 
returns, permitting reinvestment to continue 
our market leadership, as well as provide 
shareholders with earnings growth. 

Our customer base has a wide range of 
requirements and expectations depending 
on which channel or, in which region, or 
category they are active. We will, through the 
simplification of our activities, be more effective 
in addressing those different needs in an 
appropriate and affordable manner.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
16

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Strategic priorities
1 | Repair

In order to further 
improve our operational 
performance and overall 
cost competitiveness, it is 
key to reduce complexity 
and hence make clear 
choices on where to invest 
and sell our products.

See page 20

It is clear that as a result of the growth 
investments over the past years, the 
Company has developed an internal 
complexity which is very cumbersome 
to manage, slows down decision making 
and induces a cost structure which 
means McBride is often uncompetitive 
compared to direct competitors. In order 
to return the Company to an appropriate 
cost structure, we will need to “Repair” 
aspects of the Company. A dramatic 
simplification of everything we do will 
result in proportionally less resource 
required to manage a simpler business. 
This will result in a lower organisational 
cost structure. This simplification 
will involve products, geographies, 
categories, assets and customers. In 
addition, this “Repair” initiative will 
free up resource to drive raw material 
sourcing simplification and provide 
a major opportunity to improve our 
purchasing power from lower complexity. 

Labour cost/revenue (%)

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

19.7

19.8

19.0

19.0

19.5

Customer service level (%)

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

95

98

96

96

97

 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

17

Strategic priorities
2 | Prepare

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

It is essential to upgrade 
our assets to industry 
leading capability, both 
in terms of efficiencies 
and technical features. 
The simplification of our 
business activities will 
promote sharper decision 
making on where and how 
to invest into our assets.

See page 20

Adjusted  
operating margin (%)

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

4.0

3.0

3.1

3.6

3.6

Return on capital 
employed (ROCE)

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

18.8

12.7

12.2

14.7

14.7

The cost repositioning that results from 
the “Repair” phase will allow us then 
to “Prepare” the Company to have the 
right and effective platform for growth 
development. An element of this will be to 
exit aspects of the existing business. Today, 
we are active in areas where it is difficult 
to define a roadmap, with acceptable 
investment levels, which will structurally 
contribute to McBride’s future. We need 
to analyse all our business activities and 
decide how to accelerate what is going 
well, correct what can be improved, and 
discontinue what does not fit in our future 
business any longer. Hence, McBride will 
initially need to serve fewer customers and 
make fewer products as we set in place 
the platform to be able to grow effectively 
and profitably.

The plan will focus on three key 
areas: our organisational set‑up; our 
asset configuration; and our market 
proposition. We need to define clearly 
where we will invest or disinvest in our 
assets and ensure we target investment, 
initially in our key strategic sites, 
appropriate to the dynamics of our 
chosen customers and markets. We need 
to clarify in which segments, markets 
and products we will target growth and, 
most importantly, we will need to build 
our new way of working into the DNA 
of our organisation. This new way of 
working will affect every aspect of the 
McBride activity cycle: Purchasing, R&D, 
Manufacturing, Distribution and Selling. 

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
18

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Strategic priorities
3 | Grow

The markets in which 
McBride is active are 
projected to show little 
to no growth in the 
coming years. Profitable 
growth is only possible 
if we can offer the most 
attractive cost and quality 
proposition, seamless 
supply chain efficiency 
and a clear service model 
aligned to a selective 
number of markets. 

See page 20

As a result of the “Repair” and “Prepare” 
phases our “Grow” ambition will be 
focused on those products, customers 
and geographies where we really offer 
a sustainable competitive differentiator. 
The new organisation and culture will 
provide the right‑sized engine to deliver 
upon this growth ambition. Organising 
our commercial and service value 
proposition to meet the needs of the 
emerging discount and on‑line channels, 
as well as the traditional retailers, will 
align our activity to the value chain 
offered by these different channels. 
Alongside growth deriving from our more 
focused approach on fewer segments 
and customers, we may consider 
accelerating growth through targeted 
acquisitions, however this is not a near 
term priority. Additionally, the market 
shift towards more structural, longer 
term and more sizeable opportunities 
for contract manufacturing will provide 
sustainable value generation to McBride, 
optimising our asset utilisation further.

Adjusted  
operating profit (£m)

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

Debt/EBITDA

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

28.5

22.0

23.6

29.5

29.0

1.9

1.9

1.8

1.5

1.6

 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

19

World-class 
manufacturing

McBride needs to focus on its core strength,  
which is world‑class manufacturing.

The business simplification programme that we have started will enhance 
operational excellence through targeted investments. This will allow for 
substantial efficiency improvement, waste reduction and specific capacity 
increase in support of our growth initiatives. Additional working capital benefits 
can be realised from better inventory management.

1

Materials input
Our drive towards 
a more balanced 
product portfolio, 
combined with 
a more focused 
purchasing model, 
will allow improved 
and more efficient 
matching of our 
raw materials and 
packaging deliveries 
with our production 
planning.

2

Mixing
Raw material 
simplification 
and formulation 
optimisation drives 
the batch size 
planning to a more 
effective mixing 
capability. This will 
ensure the filling 
lines are always 
optimally utilised.

3

Blow moulding  
and bottle storage
While McBride is one of the largest independent 
plastic bottle manufacturers in Europe, the 
combination of our range simplification with 
efficiency investments in our key facilities will 
greatly improve our efficiency and cost position 
in this part of the supply chain.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

4

1

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

6

5

2

3

6

Warehouse and distribution
Business simplification will allow for 
a redesign of our warehousing and 
distribution network. Customer service 
expectations are key in the design of this 
network, driving a higher transparency 
of orders and overall stock management, 
allowing for substantial efficiency 
improvements. 

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

4

Research and development
We will maintain our R&D 
capability and re‑align its set‑up 
ensuring fast follow‑up on 
market trends through a close 
co‑operation between customers, 
and our commercial and product 
development teams.

5 Filling

We will invest to improve filling efficiency through scale or flexibility 
enhancing projects depending on the specific customer or channel 
requirements. Backwards integration of filling lines into automated 
bottle production and feeding lines is a crucial element in this design. 
Speed of reaction with minimum downtime, combined with optimised 
stock management, will allow us to meet deadlines.

 
 
 
 
20 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Our  
strategy

Strategic priorities

During the year

Future plans

Repair

McBride will substantially simplify its 
activities, covering customers, products, 
processes and organisation. We will 
launch a broad range of purchasing driven 
saving initiatives, in further support of the 
simplification and right‑size the overhead 
base to reflect better the new  
way of working.

See page 16

Prepare

McBride will invest into its manufacturing 
assets and optimise its warehousing 
and distribution network. We will align 
the new organisational set‑up aiming to 
institutionalise our new way of working 
with our people. We will provide a clear 
way forward for identified sub‑optimal  
customers/categories  
and products.

See page 17

Grow

McBride will drive a sustainable and 
profitable growth path based upon a greatly 
improved cost position and more efficient 
manufacturing and distribution. This will 
focus on fewer markets, categories and 
customers. McBride will develop customer 
specific value propositions depending on 
their individual requirements  
and the channel in which  
they are active.

See page 18

•	 Actioned overhead cost 
reduction opportunities 
of £3m

•	 Define priorities on 

future engagement with 
customers and markets

•	 Defined targets resulting 

•	

Institutionalise purchasing 
initiatives as a key value 
generator through 
capability development

•	 Drive initiatives reducing 
the overall financing cost 
of our activities

in a 30% reduction in SKUs 
and a focus on the top 
20% of our customers

•	 Set targets for overhead 

reductions

•	 Commenced reviews 
of under‑performing 
segments of the Group, 
implementing the closure 
of the loss making Chinese 
activities

•	 Accelerated purchasing 

cost initiatives

•	 Completed the installation 
and commissioning of the 
high speed line in the UK

•	 Focus on manufacturing 
efficiency based projects 
at major sites

•	 Deliver further cost savings 

initiatives across the 
business

•	

Implement business plans 
for underperforming 
businesses

•	 Fully resource the new 

Project Management Office

•	 Reinforced the local 
sales and marketing 
organisation, supported by 
an aligned R&D structure

•	

Investigated with customers 
opportunities for structural 
Co‑manufacturing 
co‑operation

•	 Authorised further 

investment in Strzelce, 
Poland, with design work 
in progress to complete 
this investment in line with 
the new business model

•	 Appropriate customer 

•	 Define clear value 

and market intelligence 
developed to support 
targeted growth

propositions to our 
selected and aligned 
customer groups 

•	 Developed improved 

•	 Optimise value growth 

marketing and sales skills 
blueprints to suit the new 
way of working

ensuring returns allowing 
for re‑investment into our 
asset and capability basis

•	 Reviewed relationships 

•	 Opportunities to grow 

with structural partners for 
extended manufacturing 
and supply agreements

through acquisitions are 
likely only to materialise 
as we conclude our repair/
prepare/grow strategy

 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

21

Performance

Risks

Labour cost/revenue (%)

Customer service level (%)

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

19.7

19.8

19.0

19.0

19.5

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

95

98

96

96

97

Labour cost as a % of revenue

Volume of products delivered in the correct 
volumes and within agreed timescales as 
a percentage of total volumes ordered by 
customers

•	 The customer and product 

simplification initiative is the 
first and most critical step of the 
transformation process. The overall 
design, choice and implementation 
of the objective needs to recognise 
reputation and inventory risks

•	 The depth and speed of the 

purchasing initiatives is expected 
to deliver substantial cost benefits, 
therefore the organisation will be 
reinforced to ensure delivery

Adjusted operating margin (%)

Return on capital employed (ROCE)

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

4.0

3.0

3.1

3.6

3.6

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

18.8

12.7

12.2

14.7

14.7

Adjusted operating profit as a percentage 
of revenue

Adjusted operating profit as a percentage 
of average year end net assets excluding 
net debt

•	 Effective execution of investment 
plans and other key projects with 
right‑sized project resource

•	 Speed of delivery of the benefits 
expected will require effective 
monitoring and supervision

•	 To deliver the organisational 

redesign and right‑sizing will need 
determined but respectful actions 

Adjusted operating profit (£m)

Debt/EBITDA

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

28.5

22.0

23.6

29.5

29.0

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

1.9

1.9

1.8

1.5

1.6

Operating profit before adjusting items

Net debt divided by EBITDA

•	 Volatile raw material pricing 

and difficulty in immediate pass 
through to customers could impact 
margin growth

•	

Increasing legislative environment 
could add a cost and development 
challenge

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
22

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Q&A

with Rik De Vos

The fundamentals at 
McBride are right, how 
we assemble all the 
elements and people 
together to create the 
momentum where business 
performance starts to 
accelerate is the combined 
challenge and opportunity.

Q: Why did you decide to join McBride? 
A: When I was contacted about this opportunity, 
honestly, I had never heard about McBride. So, I 
started to investigate the Company both through 
publicly available data and by contacting people in 
my network, who had been working together with 
McBride. What I found was a really surprising mixture 
of positive elements on market position, customer 
relationships, technology pipeline and capability, and 
especially around the people in McBride, combined with 
a performance over the past years, which was by no 
means a reflection of the strong points McBride clearly 
had. Apparently, the Company had not been successful 
enough to bridge its internal strengths with the external 
market dynamics and reality. This was quite intriguing 
to me and already a big part of what I felt to be a great 
opportunity and challenge to help the Company find 
that new direction and way forward that would allow it 
to “connect the dots”. I think that for me, the decision 
to join was then only reinforced further by the people 
I met during the interviews and made me understand 
better, and basically confirm, the diagnostic I had made 
on what the job would be about, namely, drive an 
organisation to a better performance and future.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

23

Q: How did you deal with the first 90 days 
when you took on the role? 
A: Listening, observing, learning and asking lots of 
questions. I think that the latter has maybe frustrated 
some people. When you start a new job like this one, 
speed in understanding is essential as you get pulled 
into the tactics of the new job very quickly. Hence my 
focus was on talking to people, visiting sites and trying 
to attend as many meetings as possible where I could 
increase my learning and understanding of the business 
and its issues and challenges. However, I also felt it 
was important, from the beginning, to clarify to all the 
colleagues how I am working, what my value principles 
are and where I was going to aim to be after the 90 days 
from a management model perspective. Therefore, 
I wanted to make sure I would be ready to announce 
my leadership team at the end of the 90 days to start 
working on the key challenges in McBride. So, in parallel 
with building my learning, I spent a lot of time talking to 
all senior leaders in the Company, identifying those which 
were, are and will be key in the future for this Company, 
and from them select my leadership team.

Q: What will you bring to McBride?
A: In essence two things: clarity of direction and focus 
on execution.

My first function here is a compass. I provide direction, 
while the people in the teams provide a GPS, a more 
detailed roadmap on how to translate the direction into 
the concrete action plans and objectives. 

Secondly and probably most importantly, I bring 
experience in leading transformational change and 
delivery of the set objectives. This is a combination 
of indeed creating clarity in direction and alignment 
of the people, but also providing the organisational 
clarity, responsibility and sense for accountability to 
deliver upon the expectations. And the latter is key 
to any success in any transformation. This requires a 
constant focus on execution, follow up and driving the 
organisation to the correct priority setting as much as 
engaging into those priorities. This is not the first time 
I am doing this, and I believe this is my core strength 
where I can help McBride to return to its rightful place in 
this industry. 

Q: What do you think will be the major 
challenges and opportunities that you 
will face?
A: I am convinced that for McBride the opportunities 
are the challenges and vice versa. This Company can do 
much better if we are all aligned even more in the same 
direction and the focus and engagement on delivery 
further improved. The fundamentals at McBride are 
right, how we assemble all the elements and people 
together to create the momentum where business 
performance starts to accelerate is the combined 
challenge and opportunity. The Company performance 
over the last years has for sure had an impact on the 
confidence people had in the business, the Company 
and its leaders, and the feedback in the first 90 days 
only confirmed this. Getting this right is probably more 
a people challenge than it is a business challenge, but 
you also need to provide a credible future to people in 
order to engage them into a different way of working. 
So getting the people dimension right, in combination 
with the hope and a vision for a better future, and 
balancing those two elements is what I would call 
my major opportunity. It is clear that this Company is 
suffering from a lot of other elements which are not 
ideal. But these can be tackled by the talent we have in 
the organisation. I need to provide the broad scheme 
on why we need to do these actions and how we can 
do these most effectively. And this is about coaching, 
learning and mentoring, and patience sometimes.

Q: Will McBride’s strategy and business 
model change?
A: It is clear to everybody that after the performance 
of the Company over the past years, realignment 
needs to happen from a strategic perspective. Markets, 
customers and competitors have moved on, and 
McBride has not been able to fully adapt itself to those 
dynamics. The Company needs to prioritise and focus 
on its core strength, which is the manufacturing of 
products for the Household and Personal Care markets. 
This is the core of our existence and we need to be 
world‑class at it. And this is all what “Manufacturing 
our future” is about. When I look around me after six 
months in the job, and notice the dynamics and the 
response of people to what has been started, I am fully 
confident that, with the talent in this Company, we can 
deliver upon our new ambition.

Rik De Vos
Chief Executive Officer

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
24

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Principal risks and 
uncertainties

McBride’s operations are exposed to risks which 
could potentially have an adverse impact on the 
Group’s results, strategy and reputation, and 
therefore, affect shareholder returns.

As part of our annual risk exercise, the Group has 
identified those risks which are deemed ‘principal’ to its 
business due to their potential severity and link to the 
Group’s strategy, markets and operations. 

The current principal risks and uncertainties are shown 
in the tables on pages 25 and 26, which also detail how 
the Group uses a range of risk mitigation strategies to 
manage any potential impact. 

The Group’s strategy is translated into key objectives 
to be achieved, each having risks and uncertainties 
connected to its potential success. 

In order to help profile and analyse the combination 
of key strategic functional and operational risks, we 
continue to apply our Business Risk Identification and 
Management process (BRIM) which is described on 
page 40.

This is not intended to be an exhaustive list, with 
additional risks not presently known to management, 
or currently deemed to be less material, also having 
potential to cause an adverse impact on our business.

Details of our risk management systems can be found 
on pages 39 and 40. 

The ELT provides leadership and direction to the 
Group’s overall risk management framework. The Audit 
Committee, and ultimately the Board, challenge the 
outputs and assessments from the exercise and ensure 
action plans to mitigate identified risks are in place, with 
appropriate ownership and timescales to ensure the 
Group’s strategy can be delivered within the context of 
a risk managed framework.

Risk management structure and process

BRIM process

Executive Leadership Team 

Audit Committee

Board

Annual Group‑wide risk 
identification and analysis 
exercise

Review risk register and 
agree actions to mitigate 
key risks

Monitor and review 
financial and key 
non‑financial risks and 
internal controls, external 
audit process and reports

Overall responsibility for 
risk management and 
internal controls

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

25

Heatmap of principal risks and uncertainties 2015

High

t
c
a
p
m

I

Low

Low

1

5

2

3

4

6

1: Market competitiveness
2: Change agenda
3: Input costs
4: Legislative compliance
5: Asset utilisation
6: Financial risk

Probability

High

Risk 1: Market competitiveness
Loss of key growth categories and/or customers which drive the Group’s strategy and profitability

Impact

Mitigation

Change

Key developments

•	 Principal competition comprises 
renowned international groups 
that have the ability to change 
markets through innovation 
and pricing structures such as 
promotional activity

•	 Strength of major retailers’ 
leverage over suppliers on 
pricing and specification

•	 Strengthening of business 
model and operational 
efficiency through selective 
investment, improving cost base, 
simplification and adopting 
standardised best practice 
across the Group

•	 Drive New Product Development 
(NPD) and develop sustainable 
joint business plans with 
customers

Link to strategy

 Repair

 Prepare

 Grow

•	 UK restructure, announced 
in 2014 to achieve a step 
change improvement in 
profitability, is progressing 
well and on track to deliver 
planned savings

•	 Closure of Chinese 

operations

•	 Central overhead savings 

launched June 2015

Risk 2: Change agenda
Continual adaptation required to remain competitive in a fast-moving and dynamic market environment

Impact

Mitigation

Change

Key developments

•	 Failure to deliver targeted 

improvements/projects and/
or underperforming capital 
expenditure projects could lead 
to reduced customer satisfaction 
and increased costs

•	 Loss of key personnel and 
experience in fast‑moving 
consumer goods

•	 The Group’s new strategy 
will provide strengthened 
economies of scale and cost 
competitiveness

•	 Strong package of HR 

management policies and tools

•	 Employee contracts contain 
strict confidentiality clauses

•	 Establishment of dedicated 
Project Management Office 
to ensure key Group‑wide 
projects prioritised and 
have resources available to 
support management to 
drive projects to successful 
conclusion

Link to strategy

 Repair

 Prepare

 Grow

Risk 3: Input costs
Majority of product costs associated with raw materials, therefore significant risks associated with 
commodity markets

Impact

Mitigation

Change

Key developments

•	 Fluctuations in commodity 

prices resulting in a time lag 
between raw material price 
increases and recovery through 
pricing initiatives, with potential 
negative impact on profits

•	 A well resourced purchasing 
function with a developed 
forecasting capability

•	 Strong internal processes 
to cement raw material 
price increases quickly into 
recovery plans

•	

Innovation to enable low cost 
competition to be resisted

Link to strategy

 Prepare

 Grow

•	 Majority of purchasing 

spend now under formalised 
contracts

•	 We continued to explore 

and introduce hedging on 
targeted raw materials

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
26

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Principal risks and 
uncertainties continued

Risk 4: Legislative compliance
Increasing level of significant legislative requirements, with greater impact on businesses with  
complex/diverse product ranges

Impact

Mitigation

Change

Key developments

•	 Resource pressure on key Group 
functions and in some cases 
reliance on obtaining critical data 
from customers

•	 Strengthened planning process 
to identify and evaluate impact 
of legislation at early stages

•	 Experienced cross‑functional 

•	 Reduction in revenue and 
profitability from obsolete 
stock write downs and difficulty 
in recovering additional 
costs incurred

project teams, with 
dedicated resource, to ensure 
implementation within deadlines

•	 Active participation in relevant  

industry bodies

Link to strategy

 Prepare

 Grow

•	 Compliance with CLP 

legislation was achieved 
during the year at minimal 
disruption to our customers

Risk 5: Asset utilisation
Failure to maximise cost competitiveness achieved through improved exploitation of Group’s assets

Impact

Mitigation

Change

Key developments

•	 Failure to deliver targeted 

asset improvement/
exploitation projects leading 
to uncontrolled costs

•	 Loss of key strategic site with 

immediate and potential longer 
term impact on ability to deliver 
to customers

•	 Key projects prioritised and 
given resources required to 
support management

•	 Well established and ongoing 

operational excellence 
programme across the Group

•	 Robust property risk 

management and business 
continuity planning processes 
in place

Link to strategy

 Prepare

 Grow

•	

Internal business resilience 
audit undertaken during the 
year, which will be further 
developed with an insurer 
partnered exercise during 
2015/16

Risk 6: Financial risks
Multinational operations expose business to a variety of financial risks

Impact

Mitigation

Change

Key developments

•	 Risks associated with foreign 

•	 Strong and established financial 

currency exchange rates, interest 
rates, commodity prices, credit 
risks and taxation could impact 
profitability and cash flows

framework monitoring and 
maintaining appropriate levels 
of liquidity and covenant 
commitments

•	 Failure to operate within 

•	 Foreign exchange risk managed 

financial framework could lead 
to inability to support long‑term 
investment and/or raise capital 
to fund growth

by hedging

Link to strategy

 Prepare

 Grow

•	 Group banking facilities 

committed until April 2019

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

27

Corporate 
responsibility

12th 

annual sustainability 
report available on 
our website

mcbride.co.uk

90%

of waste generated recycled, 
reused and recovered 
sustainable waste
(2014: 89%)

87%

employee response 
rate to 2014 employee 
opinion survey

Gender split 2015
Female Directors

1

6

17%

Female senior management

9

40

23%

Female total workforce

1,827

4,485

41%

5

sustainability core themes roadmap

86%

A.I.S.E. audit score  
achieved in 2014 –  
our best ever!

Consumer

Design

Operations

People

Community

Good progress 
during 2015 to 
align and embed 
our corporate 
responsibility 
and sustainability 
agenda throughout 
the Group, assisting 
the achievement of 
our overall strategy 
and objectives.

Diversity

We recognise and 
value all forms 
diversity in our 
employees and 
endeavour to 
promote diversity 
in our workplace 
to enhance the 
success of our 
business

£0.5 m

total value of donations 
that UK charities 
have benefited from 
under InKind Direct 
initiative to date

533  

recorded coaching 
hours with accredited 
coaches in 2014

Member of RSPO, with 
three sites certified for 
mass balance

LTIs down 

Lost Time Incidents 
down 15% during 
the year 

We are proud to 
continue to be a 
constituent member of 
the FTSE4Good Index

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
28

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Corporate 
responsibility continued

Sustainability roadmap

Progress during 2015

Notable achievements

Customer  
and consumer

Objective
Identify customer specific 
and good practice consumer 
sustainability initiatives and 
targets, and work to integrate 
these into category and key 
account plans

Product  
and design

Objective
Design, create and supply 
value Household cleaning 
and Personal Care products, 
which are safe to use, whilst 
minimising environmental 
impact

Our sustainability roadmap continues 
to be presented to our key customers 
across Europe, starting with the UK, to 
confirm our commitment to corporate 
responsibility and sustainable matters, 
and foster ever closer ties to our 
customers’ vision in this area. 

We are continuously monitored and 
audited by our customers on a number 
of key areas, including corporate, ethical 
and social matters.

The quality and safety of our products is 
paramount. We take our responsibilities 
seriously and are committed to ensuring 
that all our products are suitable and safe 
for their intended use. 

During the year, we have completed 
the classification reassignment 
of products and raw materials as 
required under the CLP European 
regulations. We have and continue to 
align these new classifications with our 
sustainability agenda. 

Work undertaken to date has shown 
that many of our customers’ aspirations 
and objectives complement our own, as 
evidenced by the number of successful 
customer and other external audits in 
this area.

We have taken steps to have reduced 
dosage in our laundry categories and 
are reducing phosphate usage in our 
autodishwashing category. Compressed 
aerosols are also reducing packaging weight 
and to date we have over 50 accredited 
Ecolabel products on the market.

Production  
and operations

Objective
Maximise operational efficiency 
and value through the pursuit 
of operational excellence to 
minimise our environmental 
impact and reduce emissions

Whilst our total energy consumption 
increased slightly during the year by 
0.4%, our overall energy efficiency 
improved by 4.3%. Breaking this down, 
consumption of electricity increased 
by 3.7%, but was offset by significant 
reductions in usage of gas (decrease of 
10%) and oil (decrease of 24%). 

Further details of our greenhouse gas 
emissions can be seen in the chart on 
page 29.

We have continued to make good 
progress on our sustainable waste and 
recycling targets as the Group continues 
to drive its operational efficiency. 

Waste generated decreased by 16.7% 
(2014: increase of 1.5%), and recycled, 
reused and recovered sustainable waste 
now accounts for 90% of all waste 
generated (2014: 89%), with waste to 
landfill also lower by 2.2%. 

Our  
people

Objective
Create a working environment 
where people want to work and 
are able to give their best

Our goal with regard to our people’s 
wellbeing continues to be to create a 
safe working environment for all ensuring 
our business activities are carried out 
responsibly and in accordance with 
local legislation. 

As the chart opposite shows, we continue 
to make positive improvements in 
accidents involving more than three days 
lost time, as well as accident frequency per 
100,000 hours worked, which was down 
17% on the prior year to 1.2 (2014: 1.4). 

LTI
180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Evolution of health and safety data

1.96

1.72

Frequency

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.42

1.31

0.99 1.01

1.37 1.40

1.16

1.0

06
-07

07
-08

08
-09

09
-10

11
-12

12
-13

13
-14

14
-15

10
-11
Year

0.5

0

LTIs <3 days

Frequency per 
100,000 hours worked

Community  
and society

Objective
Work to ensure that McBride’s 
products and operations benefit 
the local communities in which 
we operate and the wider 
society as a whole

Each of our sites is proud to support 
local communities and charities, with 
many projects having taken place 
throughout the last year. Our ethos 
continues to be one of making a 
positive local contribution; being a good 
neighbour, as well as a key employer in 
our locations.

Examples of our local community work 
includes our sponsorship of the local half 
marathon between leper and Poperinge, 
now in its 12th year.

One local project typical of our involvement 
was the significant participation in a 
regional health project in Italy, where 
colleagues joined and encouraged other 
smaller local companies to participate.

A large number of our community links 
have been in place for many years. One 
such example is “InKind Direct” in the UK, 
which distributes obsolete product for 
charitable use. To date this has benefited 
over 1,000 charities with a total value to 
them of c. £0.5m.

Notable achievements

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

29

Carrefour 
Gold Medal

During the year Carrefour awarded McBride their 
gold medal following a full assessment of our 
sustainability practices, including governance, 
human rights, environmental impact, ethics, 
consumer protection and local community 
interface. This is a great achievement, and an 
improvement on our silver medal presented in 
the prior year.

Ecolabel is a voluntary scheme run by 
the European Commission, with product 
environmental dossiers (including details 
of raw materials, formulations and life cycle 
assessments) submitted and assessed by a 
government’s relevant body.

In line with customer and consumer concerns, 
we have sought to source sustainable palm oil 
for our products. During the year we became a 
member of the Roundtable on Sustainable Palm 
Oil (RSPO) and have achieved certification for 
mass balance at three sites to date.

We gained our first ISO 50001 accreditation 
for the Group at our Moyaux site in France 
during the year, which adds to our record of all 
sites achieving relevant certifications.

Product safety evaluations continue to be 
made without testing on animals.

Our employee engagement survey was 
undertaken again during 2015 and covered all 
locations within the Group. The results showed 
the commitment and passion of our people, 
with senior management looking to build upon 
the output to ensure all colleagues are fully 
engaged with the Group’s strategy. 

Specifically in relation to sustainability, 
71% of colleagues who responded to the 
survey agreed the Group was doing all it 
could for the environment.

Link to strategy

   Prepare Embed use of 
profiling templates in all 
NPD undertaken

   Grow Develop market 
leading capabilities 
which can fully adapt to 
customer and consumer 
sustainability requirements

   Prepare Enhanced product 

performance targeted 
at energy and water 
conservation

   Grow Sustainability 

capabilities become integral 
to product development and 
offer to customer

   Prepare Extend our 

standard ISO accreditations 
across the business

   Grow Further focus 
on improvement in 
managing water wastage in 
manufacturing process

   Prepare Further linkage 

of sustainability to job roles 
and encourage proactive 
ethical auditing

   Grow Greater daily 
engagement with 
sustainable activities 
across entire workforce

   Prepare Expand and 

develop new and existing 
local connections around 
our site locations

   Grow Measure and promote 
the positive McBride impact 
on society

Net Scope 1 and 2 CO2e 
emissions tonnes CO2e

2015 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

51,007

45,735

48,451

48,944

49,783

Greenhouse gas
We have been calculating our Scope 1 
and 2 GHG emissions since 2008 in 
accordance with the relevant GHG 
Protocol Corporate Accounting 
and Reporting Standards and latest 
emissions factors from recognised 
public sources.

The overall impact of our operations 
for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions 
was 58,242 tonnes of CO2e emissions 
(2014: 54,816 tCO2e). Green energy 
used at our Belgium sites accounted 
for 21% of the Group’s total demand, 
therefore giving a net CO2e impact of 
51,007 tCO2e. 
In terms of eco‑efficiency, energy 
usage was slightly up from the 
prior year to 1,635 kg per Gjoule 
(2014: 1,602 kg/Gj), with CO2e 
efficiency marginally worse at 
17,254 kg product/tCO2e  
(2014: 18,017 kg product tCO2e).

Human rights
We take the issue of human rights 
seriously and continue to strengthen 
our policies and management systems 
in this area. Our employee policies are 
set locally to comply with local law 
within the overall Group framework 
and we monitor the employment 
practices of our supply chain.

We carry out third party ethical audits 
which are run under the Sedex System 
wherever possible or, alternatively, 
under a specific retailer’s own system. 
All conform with the Ethical Trading 
Initiative (ETI) and our sites are 
independently audited at a frequency 
determined by risk. We maintain 
full data disclosure under the Sedex 
System for all sites regardless of 
audit frequency.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
30 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Welcome to  
Corporate governance

Corporate governance

Chairman’s introduction  

Board of Directors  

Corporate governance report  

Audit Committee report  

Remuneration report  

Nomination Committee report  

Other statutory information  

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  

31 

32

34 

42

46 

60

61 

66

Compliance statement
The Company complied with the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code published in September 2012, 
which applied throughout the financial year ended  
30 June 2015.

Chairman’s  
introduction

Iain Napier
Chairman

We are committed to embedding 
corporate governance as a discipline 
across the Group to complement  
our aim to deliver long‑term success 
on behalf of our shareholders.

Dear Shareholder

The Board acknowledges that it is responsible 
collectively for the success of the Group by 
demonstrating strong leadership and setting the 
Group’s strategy and business model, effectively 
reviewing management performance and ensuring 
the necessary financial and people resources are 
in place to achieve them.

To support this, the Group has a robust 
governance framework, including an effective 
Board and sub‑committee structure, underpinned 
by the Group’s operating principles, policies and 
controls. The following Corporate Governance 
section, including sub‑committee reports set out 
how these high levels of governance are achieved. 

Code compliance
As a Board, we remain committed to maintaining 
high standards of corporate governance 
and endorse the provisions set out in the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2012 (‘the Code’). 
During the year, we have assessed our level of 
compliance with the Code and disclosures in this 
year’s Corporate governance report describe how 
the main principles have been applied. The Board 
confirms that throughout the year the Company 
has complied with all of the Code’s provisions, in 
so far as they apply to a FTSE Smallcap Company.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

31

New executive and strategic direction
The financial year ended 30 June 2015 has once again 
been challenging. Following the appointment of the new 
Executive Directors, a new Executive Leadership Team 
(ELT) has been formed and this group of executives 
has been actively involved in developing the future 
strategy for the Group to ensure that sustainable value 
growth can be delivered to all stakeholders. Both I and 
the Non‑Executive Directors are fully supportive of 
the strategic direction now being formulated by the 
executive team. The future direction is reported in our 
Strategic report on pages 16 to 21 and more information 
about our activities in general is shown on page 38 of 
this Corporate governance section. 

Sub‑committees
In light of the Executive Director changes, both the 
Nomination and Remuneration sub‑committees of 
the Board have been particularly active during the 
course of the year. The Audit Committee has continued 
to exercise its duties in compliance with all relevant 
legislation, regulation and guidance. All sub‑committees 
of the Board continue to be supported by both internal 
and, where relevant, external advisers to ensure their 
duties are satisfactorily and professionally fulfilled. 
Further information on their activities is reported on 
pages 42 and 60. 

Board evaluation
The decision was taken during the year to undertake 
a further internally‑facilitated Board performance 
evaluation exercise as it was deemed too early for 
the inter‑relationships with and performance of the 
new executives to be evaluated properly. A report on 
the exercise is set out on page 39. In summary, and 
although the new Executive Directors have only been 
in post for a short period of time, early signs are that 
the Board is working, and will continue to work, in an 
effective and beneficial way with all Directors engaged 
in open and challenging discussions. 

Diversity
Our policy on diversity is available on our website at 
www.mcbride.co.uk and our statement on how we 
approach diversity is reported on pages 36 and 37. 

Shareholder engagement
The Board remain committed to ensuring ongoing, 
effective and appropriate communication with 
shareholders. Since their appointment, the new 
Executive Directors have been involved in a programme 
of engaging pro‑actively with investors and remain 
committed to doing so. I, Steve Hannam as our Senior 
Independent Director, and the other Non‑Executive 
Directors remain available to discuss matters with key 
shareholders as and when required.

Iain Napier
Chairman

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
32

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Board of 
Directors

Iain Napier
Chairman

Rik De Vos
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Smith
Chief Finance Officer

Appointed: July 2007

Appointed: February 2015

Appointed: January 2015

Skills and experience: Iain’s inclusive 
leadership style and support for 
robust and accountable governance 
promotes an effective Board culture 
of openness and constructive 
challenge. Iain also offers a wide 
range of experience to the Group 
from his extensive career both in the 
UK and internationally, specifically 
from an FMCG supplier perspective. 

He was Chairman of Imperial 
Tobacco Group plc from 2007 to 
2014 (having been a Non‑Executive 
Director from 2000). Iain was Chief 
Executive of Bass Leisure, then of 
Bass Brewers and Bass International 
Brewers. Following the sale of the 
Bass beer business in 2000, he 
then took the role of Vice President 
UK and Ireland for Interbrew SA 
until August 2001. He was then 
Group Chief Executive of Taylor 
Woodrow plc from 2002 to 2006.

Other roles: Chairman of John 
Menzies plc, and a Non‑Executive 
Director of William Grant & 
Sons Holdings Limited and 
Molson Coors Brewing Company 
(a US quoted company).

Committees: Nomination (Chair), 
Remuneration

Skills and experience: Rik has over 
27 years’ experience working within 
the chemical and manufacturing 
sectors, providing technical 
products to a wide variety of 
international markets, customers 
and consumers. He also brings 
extensive general management 
experience internationally as well as 
having proven success in completing 
several strategic turnaround projects 
where businesses have been 
restored to profitable growth. 

Rik was previously Global General 
Manager for the Flexible Foam 
division of Recticel, the quoted 
Belgian company. Prior to this, 
his career has included roles with 
ICI, Huntsman, Rohm & Haas and 
BorsodChem. 

Committees: Nomination

Skills and experience: Chris is a 
chartered accountant and has more 
than 20 years’ experience working in 
manufacturing businesses in highly 
competitive industries across the 
UK, Europe and the Far East. 

From 2008 to 2014, Chris was Group 
Finance Director at API Group plc, 
the AIM‑listed specialty metallic 
film, foil and laminates producer. 
Other previous roles have included 
Scapa plc, where he was Finance 
and IT Director for Europe & Asia 
and also a number of senior finance 
roles at Courtaulds plc, where he 
gained extensive international 
experience, including overseas 
positions based in Germany and 
Hong Kong.

Carole Barnet
Company Secretary

Appointed: October 2010

Skills and experience: Carole joined McBride 
in 1981. She has held the role of Company 
Secretary of the UK subsidiary companies 
since 1988 and became Company Secretary of 
Robert McBride Ltd in 1996. She was appointed 
Company Secretary of McBride plc in 2010, 
having held the position of Deputy Company 
Secretary since 2002. Carole has a degree 
in German and is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Secretaries and Administrators.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

33

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent 
Non‑Executive Director

Sandra Turner
Independent Non‑Executive 
Director

Neil Harrington
Independent Non‑Executive 
Director

Appointed: February 2013

Appointed: August 2011

Appointed: January 2012

Skills and experience: Neil, a 
chartered accountant, brings a 
strong financial background as 
a highly experienced Executive 
Finance Director. In particular his 
wealth of knowledge, understanding 
and awareness of investment and 
banking facilities is invaluable. Neil 
has held senior finance roles in a 
number of UK‑listed companies, 
including Barclays Bank plc, French 
Connection Group plc and, more 
recently, Group Finance Director at 
Mothercare Plc. 

Neil’s financial background and 
expertise leave him eminently 
suitable to hold the role of Audit 
Committee Chair.

Other roles: Chief Finance Officer of 
Cath Kidston Limited.

Committees: Audit (Chair), 
Nomination, Remuneration

Skills and experience: Steve brings 
extensive experience of independent 
Board level scrutiny, having held a 
number of positions as chairman 
and Non‑Executive Director in listed 
companies during his career, as 
well as senior executive positions 
both internationally and in the UK. 
Steve brings diversity of style, skill 
and experience and makes him 
ideally suited for the role of Senior 
Independent Director, ensuring a 
challenging mindset when setting 
and monitoring implementation of 
the Group’s strategy. 

Steve’s previous positions have 
included Chairman of Aviagen 
International Inc, Non‑Executive 
Director of Clariant AG and AZ 
Electronic Materials Services 
Limited, Group Chief Executive 
of BTP Chemicals plc and, most 
recently, Chairman of Devro plc. 

Other roles: Senior Independent 
Director and Remuneration 
Committee Chair of Low & 
Bonar plc.

Committees: Audit, Nomination, 
Remuneration

Skills and experience: Sandra brings 
extensive consumer business insight 
and experience, from both a retailer 
and supplier perspective. She was a 
member of the senior management 
team of Tesco, one of the Group’s 
major customers, for over 20 years, 
holding executive, commercial 
and operational roles in the UK 
and Ireland, latterly as Commercial 
Director of Tesco Ireland between 
2003 and 2009. 

Since that time Sandra has been 
appointed a Non‑Executive Director 
to a number of listed companies 
supplying into the FMCG sector, 
including previously Northern 
Foods plc. Also, as Remuneration 
Committee Chair of three listed 
companies, Sandra brings a broad 
knowledge, understanding and 
awareness of this continuously 
changing field and the importance 
of linking the Company’s strategy 
and performance to executive 
remuneration.

Other roles: Non‑Executive Director 
of Huhtamäki Oyj, Non‑Executive 
Director and Chair of Remuneration 
Committee of Carpetright plc, 
Senior Independent Director and 
Remuneration Committee Chair of 
Greggs plc. Also, the Vice‑Chair of a 
large independent school.

Committees: Audit, Nomination, 
Remuneration (Chair)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
34

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Corporate  
governance report

Board composition
At 30 June 2015, the Board comprised six members: 
two Executive Directors, the Chairman and three 
Non‑Executive Directors. 

Rik De Vos was appointed as Chief Executive Officer 
with effect from 2 February 2015, replacing Chris 
Bull who resigned from the Board with effect from 
18 December 2014.

Chris Smith was appointed Chief Finance Officer 
with effect from 7 January 2015, replacing Richard 
Armitage who resigned from the Board with effect from 
31 July 2014.

Director election and re‑elections
We are satisfied that all the Directors standing for 
election or re‑election continue to perform effectively 
and demonstrate commitment to their roles, including 
attendance at Board and sub‑committee meetings as 
well as any other duties which may be undertaken by 
them from time to time. This has been demonstrated 
during the year by the willingness of all the Directors 
to attend additional informal meetings and discussions 
and also through the support they have given to the 
executive management of the Group. Any changes to 
the commitments of any Director are always considered 
in advance by the Board to ensure they are still able to 
fulfil their duties satisfactorily.

Although the articles of association (‘Articles’) require 
the Directors to submit themselves for re‑election at 
every third Annual General Meeting (AGM), all eligible 
Directors have agreed to submit themselves for annual 
re‑election. Accordingly, Iain Napier, Steve Hannam, 
Neil Harrington and Sandra Turner will retire at the 2015 
AGM and offer themselves for re‑election.

Rik De Vos and Chris Smith, having been appointed by 
the Board during the year, offer themselves for election 
at the 2015 AGM.

The biographies for each Director, set out on pages 
32 and 33, illustrate the range of skills and experience 
they offer to the Company. Voting at the 2014 AGM 
demonstrated continued support for all Directors who 
held office at that time.

Board and sub‑committee structure

Executive Leadership  
Team

Chief Executive  
Officer

Audit  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

Board

Number of meetings held

Number of meetings attended 

s
g
n
i
t
e
e
m
d
r
a
o
B

Iain Napier 
Chairman

Chris Bull†
Chief Executive Officer

Richard Armitage†
Chief Finance Officer

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

Neil Harrington
Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

Sandra Turner
Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

Chris Smith*
Chief Finance Officer

Rik De Vos*
Chief Executive Officer

†  To date of leaving
*  From respective dates of appointment.

Date 
appointed

AGM

1 July 
2007

4 May  
2010

1

1

1 November 
2009

N/A

4 February  
2013

3 January 
2012

1 August  
2011

7 January 
2015

2 February 
2015

1

1

1

N/A

N/A

6

6

3

0

6

6

6

3

3

 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

35

Leadership and responsibilities
We recognise the importance of establishing the right 
culture and communicating this message throughout 
the organisation. It is important that we provide strong 
and effective leadership, constructive challenge and, 
along with the ELT, accept collective accountability for 
the performance of the Group. In so doing, we can drive 
and deliver our strategy in the best interests of all our 
stakeholders.

In carrying out our work, the Board focuses on key tasks 
which include active reviews of the Group’s long‑term 
strategy, monitoring the decisions and actions of the 
Chief Executive Officer and the ELT, and reviewing the 
Group’s trading performance and critical business risks. 
Further information on the matters we have considered 
during the year is set out on page 38.

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer roles
There continues to be a clear division of the roles and 
responsibilities between the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive Officer.

Iain Napier, as Chairman, is primarily 
responsible for:

Non‑Executive Directors
All the Non‑Executive Directors have been appointed 
for their specific areas of knowledge and expertise, are 
independent of management and exercise their duties 
in good faith based on judgements informed by their 
professional and personal experience. This ensures 
we can debate matters constructively in relation to 
both the development of strategy and assessment of 
performance against the objectives set by the Board. 

The key responsibilities of the Non‑Executive 
Directors are:

•	 developing and agreeing the Group’s business 

model and strategy with the Executive Directors;

•	 scrutinising the performance of the Company and 

the Executive Directors;

•	 providing challenge and advice to the Executive 

Directors;

•	 having an oversight of the Company’s risks and 

internal controls;

•	 approving remuneration and succession planning 
for Board Directors and other senior executives; 
and

•	 overall leadership and governance of the Board, 

•	 monitoring and enhancing the Company’s 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

ensuring it operates effectively in terms of agenda 
setting, information management, induction, 
development and performance evaluation;

•	 promoting a healthy culture of challenge and 

debate at Board and sub‑committee meetings; 

•	 fostering effective relationships and open 

communication between the Executive and 
Non‑Executive Directors; 

•	 ensuring both Board and shareholder meetings are 

properly conducted; and 

•	 promoting effective decision‑making.

Rik De Vos, as Chief Executive Officer, is primarily 
responsible for: 

•	 effective Leadership and strong focused 

management and development of the executive 
management and operational running of the Group;

•	 supported by the ELT and through committed 
Teamwork, developing and implementing the 
Group’s business model and strategy;

•	 effectively Communicating the Group’s strategy 

and performance; and 

•	 building positive relationships by Engaging 
appropriately with all internal and external 
stakeholders.

corporate governance and compliance activities.

During the year, each Director confirmed that they 
had no relationship or circumstance that could affect 
their judgement and the Board has satisfied itself that 
there is no compromise to the independence of those 
Directors who have appointments with external entities. 
We believe that the balance between non‑executive 
and executive representation encourages healthy 
independent challenge to the Executive Directors and to 
senior management.

Items reserved for the Board
The schedule of matters specifically reserved for 
decision by the Board is displayed on the Group’s 
website at www.mcbride.co.uk. 

Board sub‑committees
Certain activities of the Board are delegated to 
various sub‑committees (Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination). Each sub‑committee is chaired by a 
member of the Board which, in turn, enables the 
Non‑Executive Directors to take active roles in 
influencing and challenging the work, performance and 
recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer, the 
ELT and other senior management.

Each sub‑committee has been established under its own 
Charter which sets out its terms of reference, authority, 
composition, activities and duties. The Charters are 
reviewed and updated as necessary to ensure ongoing 
compliance with the provisions of the Code and other 
best practice guidelines. They were last reviewed in 
June 2015.

Reports for each of the sub‑committees are 
incorporated within this Corporate governance report 
and detail their membership, roles and activities.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
36

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Corporate  
governance report continued

Executive Leadership Team (ELT)

Chief Executive

Chief Commercial 
Officer

Chief Finance 
Officer

Chief Operating 
Officer

Company 
Secretary

Chief R&D 
Officer

Chief HR 
Officer

Group Offices

Procurement 
Officer

Project Management 
Officer

Operational management of the Group
The management of the Group’s business activities 
is delegated to the Chief Executive Officer, who is 
ultimately responsible for establishing objectives and 
monitoring executive actions and performance through 
the ELT. 

Since his appointment as Chief Executive Officer, 
Rik De Vos has reviewed the composition of his direct 
reporting team and has established a new ELT.

The Chief Executive Officer chairs monthly meetings 
of the ELT, and since their respective appointment he, 
together with Chris Smith as Chief Finance Officer, 
have actively engaged in visiting business locations to 
provide the opportunity for site‑based colleagues to 
interact with them, to ask questions and to express their 
views on the strategic opportunities for the Company.

The key responsibilities of the ELT, led by the 
Chief Executive Officer, are to:

•	 rigorously assess the Group’s trading performance;

•	 identify and develop to a successful conclusion, 

those large‑scale cross‑Group projects which are 
critical to delivering the Group’s strategy;

•	 facilitate the interface between the Group’s 

functions to ensure decisions are taken in a manner 
that both optimises delivery of the strategy and 
maximises shareholder value; and

•	 provide a cross‑functional forum for the discussion 
of opportunities and risks arising from business 
activities, as well as to communicate business 
performance.

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the 
day‑to‑day management of the business. In turn, 
these responsibilities are delegated via the various 
ELT members to senior management on a structured 
functional basis. Specifically, health, safety and 
environmental and quality matters are delegated to 
the Chief Operating Officer and social and community 
matters are delegated to the Chief HR Officer. 

Whilst the Board takes overall responsibility for 
approving Group policies, including those relating to 
social responsibility, business ethics, health, safety, 
sustainability, environmental matters and anti‑bribery 
and corruption, the implementation of these policies 
is delegated to the Chief Executive Officer and then 
cascaded throughout the organisation via the ELT 
and the various functional teams. (Copies of our 
policies are available on the Group’s website at  
www.mcbride.co.uk).

Effectiveness
Board style
A strong feature of the Board’s effectiveness in 
delivering the strategy is our inclusive and open 
style of management and a free flow of information 
between the Executive and Non‑Executive Directors. 
The size of our Board encourages individuals to discuss 
matters openly and freely and to make a personal 
contribution through the exercise of their personal skills 
and experience. No single Director is dominant in the 
decision‑making process.

All Directors communicate with each other on a regular 
basis and contact with senior executives within the 
Group is sought and encouraged. 

Diversity
We recognise the recommendations of the Financial 
Reporting Council to review targets for female Board 
positions and acknowledge that gender diversity is a 
key element to broaden the contribution made to Board 
deliberations. However, as the Board is small, comprising 
only six members, we do not believe that quotas are 
appropriate and we must accept that there are many 
different aspects to diversity, including professional 
and industry‑specific experience, understanding of 
geographical markets, different cultures and gender, 
all of which can be an aid to the Board’s effectiveness. 
Board appointments will ultimately continue to be made 
based on merit and calibre.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

37

All Directors have access to the Company Secretary, 
who is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures 
are followed and that the Company complies with all 
applicable rules, regulations and obligations governing 
its operations.

Conflicts of interest
In line with the Company’s Articles, we have strict 
procedures in place to capture the disclosure and 
subsequent consideration and potential authorisation 
of any Director interest which may conflict with those 
of the Group. Any such disclosures are recorded 
and compliance is reviewed at each Board meeting. 
Our procedures allow for the imposition of limits or 
conditions by the Board when authorising any conflict, 
if it is thought appropriate.

Operation of the Board
Board papers are prepared and issued one week prior 
to each Board meeting to enable Directors to give due 
consideration to all matters in advance of the meeting. 
Directors are able to take independent professional 
advice, if necessary, at the Company’s expense.

The Board holds at least six meetings a year at 
approximately two‑monthly intervals. Additional 
meetings are held as necessary to consider specific 
matters where a decision is required before the next 
meeting. During the year, six formal Board meetings 
were held. From time to time, the Board authorises 
the establishment of a sub‑committee to consider and, 
if thought fit, to approve certain items of business. 
On such occasions input is sought from all Board 
members before the business is considered. In addition, 
a number of informal meetings and Board discussions 
took place. 

At least one formal and several informal Non‑Executive 
Director meetings have also been held during the 
year without the Executive Directors being present, 
and the Senior Independent Director and the 
Non‑Executive Directors have met without the presence 
of the Chairman as part of the Board performance 
evaluation exercise.

We have a good record of appointing women to Board 
positions, having had at least one female Non‑Executive 
Director since 2003 and we continue to ensure that 
potential female candidates are included in the search 
for new Board appointments. During this year’s search 
for a new executive team, the chosen executive search 
firms were tasked with ensuring female candidates were 
included on the shortlist. Furthermore, three members 
of the newly formed ELT are females. The team also 
includes two of Belgian nationality and one German. 

Looking to our wider workforce, the Board recognises 
the importance of developing internal talent of all 
diversities across its global workforce. To support 
this, we are committed to ensuring that women 
have an equal chance with men of developing their 
careers within our business. We have policies and 
processes in place which are designed to encourage 
and support gender diversity in employee recruitment, 
as well as providing opportunities for development 
and promotion. 

Succession planning
The Group has an embedded formal appraisal and talent 
management process, which is reviewed by the ELT. The 
Board has recognised the benefit of further improving 
its succession planning which will be addressed by 
the newly appointed Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief HR Officer.

Induction, development and support
On appointment, all new Directors undergo formal and 
in‑depth induction programmes to provide them with an 
appropriate understanding of the business. This involves 
site visits, face‑to‑face meetings with senior executives 
and the issue of an induction manual containing key 
documents relating to the new appointee’s role on the 
Board. Independent external training is also provided 
by the Group’s legal advisers, Addleshaw Goddard LLP, 
who have no other connection with the Company.

We recognise the importance of ongoing training and 
development to ensure Directors have the skills and 
knowledge to discharge their duties effectively. This can 
take the form of briefing papers and/or presentations 
on regulatory/legislative developments and other 
topics of specific relevance to either the business 
or the markets in which we operate. Additionally, all 
Directors are entitled to undertake external training 
relevant to their particular duties. During the year, 
Sandra Turner has attended various forums which have 
benefited her in the role as Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee. Neil Harrington has continued to maintain 
his professional status as a Chartered Accountant 
and the Executive Directors have attended industry 
briefings relevant to their roles to ensure they are 
up‑to‑date on developing themes. Strategic and other 
reviews undertaken during the year have also served to 
ensure that the Directors continually update their skills, 
knowledge and familiarity with the Group’s business, as 
well as their awareness of industry, risk, legal, regulatory, 
financial and other developments to enable them to 
fulfil their roles on the Board and sub‑committees. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
38

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Corporate  
governance report continued

Board activity year ended 30 June 2015
The graphic below illustrates those matters which formed the key areas of challenge and discussion by the Board 
during the year.

The Board

Iain Napier
Chairman

Rik De Vos
Chief Executive 
Officer

Chris Smith
Chief Finance 
Officer

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Sandra Turner
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Neil Harrington
Independent 
Non-Executive 
Director

Market and 
economic 
environment

Strategic development 
opportunities

Trading, financial 
and operational 
performance

Governance 
and risk

Matters considered

Matters considered

Matters considered

Matters considered

•	 Market and 
customer 
development 
updates

•	 Customer 

•	 Strategic direction 
and development 
opportunity 
discussions

•	 Key project status 

contracts updates 

reviews

•	 Competitor 
and brander 
activity analysis

•	 Consideration 

of major capital 
investment 
projects

•	 Purchasing 

performance

•	 Product legislation 
project compliance 
reviews

•	 Trading 

performance 
updates 

•	 Treasury strategy, 
activity and policy 
reviews

•	 Cash flow and net 
debt monitoring

•	 Approval of 
full year, half 
year and IMS 
announcements

•	 Annual Report and 
Accounts reviews 
and approval

•	 Customer service 
and operational 
reports

•	 Operational 
strategy and 
performance 
reviews

•	 Analyst 

expectations

•	 Investor 

presentations

•	 Payments to 
shareholders, 
policy and 
proposals

•	 BRIM exercise

•	 Insurance 

programme 
renewal

•	 Share register 

analysis reports

•	 Stakeholder 
feedback

•	 Board 

self‑evaluation 
exercise

•	 Code and 
legislation 
compliance reviews

•	 Corporate policies 

reviews and 
approval

•	 Sub‑committee 
and reserved 
Board matter 
terms of reference 
updates

•	 Health and safety 

updates

•	 Talent and 
succession 
planning reviews

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

39

Following completion of the exercise, the Chairman met 
with individual respondents to discuss the findings and 
to provide feedback. The Non‑Executive Directors, led 
by the Senior Independent Director and in the absence 
of the Chairman, convened separate meetings to discuss 
the performance of the Chairman.

The exercise identified a well organised Board with 
strong leadership and with the sub‑committees 
operating well and supported, as necessary, by both 
internal and external advisers. 

Accountability
Business risk
The Board considers that the Group operates a 
risk‑aware culture with an open style of communication. 
This facilitates the early identification of problems and 
issues, so that appropriate action is taken quickly to 
minimise the impact on the business.

The Group’s internal control and risk management 
activities are managed through various measures 
including business risk reviews, specific functional and 
strategic risk workshops, focused Internal Audit reviews, 
year‑end control self assessment questionnaires 
supporting internal control procedures, a quarterly 
follow‑up process to review outstanding control 
actions and site audits by various internal stakeholders, 
including other assurance providers (such as Quality 
and HSE). 

The Internal Audit function serves to provide assurances 
to the Audit Committee that relevant controls and 
actions are in place and its work is guided by the 
Group’s risk assessment process and agreed with the 
Audit Committee at the start of each year, although 
it remains flexible during the course of the year and 
tailors its work to address new and emerging risks. 
Further information on our Internal Audit function and 
process can be found in the Audit Committee report on 
page 44.

Whistleblowing procedures are in place for individuals 
to report suspected breaches of law or regulations 
or other serious malpractices. The Group has an 
Anti‑Bribery and Corruption Policy which extends to 
all business dealings and transactions in all countries in 
which it, or its subsidiaries, operate. 

Board evaluation
We acknowledge that best governance practice 
recommends the commissioning every three years of 
an externally facilitated evaluation of the performance 
of the Board, its members and its sub‑committees. The 
last external exercise took place in the 2011/12 financial 
year with internal exercises taking place since then. As 
the Board comprises a completely new executive team 
which had only been in place for a matter of months, 
it was deemed inappropriate to incur expense on an 
external evaluation for this year and, accordingly, a 
further internal evaluation exercise has been undertaken 
for the 2014/15 financial year.

As in previous years, the exercise was designed and 
led by the Company Secretary, working closely with 
the Chairman of the Board. Focus this year continued 
to evaluate the effectiveness, leadership qualities and 
skill sets of the Board as a whole and of the individual 
Directors as well as the support provided by the 
Company Secretary. Matters of shareholder engagement 
and risk monitoring were also assessed and specific 
questions were incorporated to develop areas identified 
for improvement from previous years. These included 
consideration of progress in terms of succession 
planning and gender diversity. A top line evaluation 
of the operation of each of the sub‑committees of the 
Board was also covered. 

The key findings identified that:

•	 although it was too early to judge the performance 
of the new Executive Directors and to assess how 
the new regime relates to and works with the 
Non‑Executive Directors, early signs are positive in 
the constructive approach being taken;

•	 Board effectiveness, leadership under the Chairman 

and the support provided by the Company 
Secretary remain strong; and

•	 the sub‑committees are well established, organised, 

chaired and comply with best practice.

Possible areas for improvement or perceived 
weakness included:

•	 the need to develop succession planning further. 
Although it continues to be recognised that, as a 
small company, the pool of talent will inevitably 
be limited, further emphasis is being given to 
developing potential talent within the business and 
this will be addressed by the new Chief Executive 
Officer with support from the newly appointed 
Chief HR Officer;

•	 a desire for more interaction with people below 

Board and ELT level. This will be addressed by the 
new executive team during the course of the new 
2015/16 financial year; and

•	 greater emphasis on people management and 

continued focus on health and safety monitoring.  
This will be achieved through the redesign of the 
senior executive structures with regular reporting 
of Group‑wide activities to both Board and 
ELT meetings.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
40 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Corporate  
governance report continued

Group business risk management process
We have continued to apply our Business Risk 
Identification and Management process (BRIM) across 
the Group. The outputs from the process are owned by 
the individual functional leadership teams, reviewed and 
assessed by the ELT and considered and challenged by 
the Audit Committee. Further risk mitigating actions 
are considered as part of this process for any significant 
risks faced by the Group, thereby reflecting the ongoing 
commitment towards managing and addressing key 
risks in a responsive and proactive way. The exercise is 
used to derive the principal risks and uncertainties faced 
by the Group, as reported on pages 24 to 26.

Internal control systems and risk 
management procedures
The Board recognises its responsibility for reviewing the 
effectiveness of the Group’s systems of internal control 
and risk management procedures during the year. This 
responsibility is delegated to members of the ELT to 
consider and reassess the effectiveness of the existing 
controls and to identify whether any new risks have 
arisen as a result of any control weaknesses. Further 
information about these processes and procedures and 
how their effectiveness has been assessed as reported 
on page 44.

Such systems are designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve the business 
objectives and can therefore only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.

The Board is satisfied that there is an ongoing process 
for identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by 
the Group. This process has been in place for the year 
under review and also up to the date of approval of this 
Annual Report. The table on page 41 summarises the 
key control procedures undertaken by the Group and 
links these to the business model, strategy and principal 
risks and uncertainties detailed in the Strategic report.

Investor relations
Relations with shareholders
We place considerable importance on maintaining 
effective, balanced communications with all 
shareholders. 

Since their appointments, the new Executive Directors 
have embarked on a specific programme to engage 
with both existing and potential new shareholders with 
the purpose of understanding their appetite to invest in 
the Company.

In addition, formal presentations of full year and 
half‑year results are made by the Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Finance Officer. These presentations include 
regular face‑to‑face meetings with analysts, brokers 
and fund managers and provide the opportunity for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s performance and 
promote a better understanding of the business and its 
strategic development, as well as to explore the Group’s 
approach to corporate governance matters.

The Board is kept informed of investors’ views through 
the distribution and regular discussion of analysts’ and 
brokers’ briefings and through summaries of investor 
opinion feedback. The Board also receives reports on 
the output from surveys carried out by various investor 
research bodies. The Chairman, Senior Independent 
Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
are available to discuss governance, strategy and 
overall remuneration policies and plans with major 
shareholders and are prepared to contact individual 
shareholders should any specific areas of concern or 
enquiry be raised. Where applicable, the views of major 
shareholders are sought on certain issues

The principal communication with private investors 
is via our website at www.mcbride.co.uk/investors, 
which has a section dedicated to shareholders. All the 
Directors attend the AGM and shareholders have an 
opportunity to raise questions, both formally during the 
meeting and informally after the meeting has closed. 
A summary presentation of the Group’s trading position 
is given at the AGM before the Chairman deals with the 
formal business of the meeting. The proxy votes cast 
in relation to all resolutions, including details of votes 
withheld, are disclosed during the meeting and the 
results are published on our website and announced via 
the Regulatory News Service.

Information on share capital
Information about share capital can be found in the 
Other statutory information section on page 63.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

41

Control procedure

Link to business model, strategy and principal risks

Management responsibility 
and accountability

•	 Clearly defined management responsibility and reporting lines.

•	 Chief Executive Officer and Chief Finance Officer meet regularly with ELT to review progress 
on financial, commercial, supply chain, HR, safety and environmental issues and regulatory/
legal compliance matters.

Strategic 
planning process

•	 Strategy developed and approved by the Board.

•	 Strengths, weaknesses, risks and opportunities highlighted on a functional as well as 

Group level.

Budgeting and 
financial reporting

•	 Focus on the market environment, objectives, actions to achieve them.

•	

Implementation of the plans monitored by ELT reporting system which provides early warning 
of any failure to meet targets.

•	 Comprehensive annual budgeting process ultimately approved by the Board.

•	 Detailed consolidated management accounts prepared each month and reviewed by ELT.

•	 Financial performance against budget monitored and challenged centrally, with full year 

forecasts updated each quarter.

•	 Board regularly updated on the Group’s financial performance and position against targets.

•	 Finance function encouraged to act independently of management in the course of its 

preparation of monthly accounts and exercising of control procedures.

Key performance 
indicators (KPIs)

•	 Comprehensive set of commercial, operational, financial and non‑financial (including 
environmental and employee related) KPIs reported at monthly trading meetings.

•	 Performance against targets and sharing of best practice discussed regularly at both 

functional and Group levels.

•	 Adequacy and suitability of current KPIs reviewed regularly.

Expenditure approval

•	 Authorisation and control procedures in place for capital expenditure and other 

major projects.

•	 Process to review capital expenditure projects post‑completion to highlight issues, motivate 

management to achieve forecast benefits and improve future projects performance 
and delivery.

Documented policies

•	 Formalised and documented policies for a range of areas including HR matters, expenditure, 

treasury and financial reporting.

•	 Group finance manual incorporates accounting, tax and treasury policies, as well as reporting 

responsibilities and capital expenditure approval procedures.

•	 Group authority levels in place detailing matters reserved for the Board, its sub‑committees, 

members of the ELT and other senior management across the Group.

•	 Detailed Internal Control Questionnaire (ICQ) completed and signed by relevant executives to 

confirm their compliance with core control procedures in operation across the Group.

Site property surveys

•	 Meetings held with insurance and risk advisers covering the Group.

•	 Risk assessments, safety audits and reviews of progress against objectives established by 

each site regularly carried out.

Internal audit

•	

Individual businesses, functions and significant strategic and operational projects, processes 
and procedures periodically reviewed by Internal Audit function, and recommendations made 
to improve controls (further information to be found in the Audit Committee report).

Cash

•	 Cash and debt position monitored daily and variances from forecast levels investigated.

•	 Working capital balances reviewed on a monthly basis at Group level and significant variances 

analysed and investigated.

External auditors

•	 The audit includes the review and test of the system of internal financial control and the data 
contained in the financial statements to the extent necessary for expressing an audit opinion 
on the truth and fairness of the financial statements (further information to be found in the 
Audit Committee report).

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
42
42

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Audit Committee 
Corporate 
report
governance continued

Neil Harrington
Chairman of the 
Audit Committee

Attendance at meetings year ended 30 June 2015

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C
f
o
s
r
e
b
m
e
M

The Board are satisfied all members are independent 
Non‑Executive Directors.

Number of meetings held
(minimum three per year)

Number of meetings attended 

Neil Harrington (Chairman)
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Date 
appointed to 
Committee

4

4

3 January 
2012

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent Non‑Executive Director 4

4 February  
2013

Sandra Turner
Independent Non‑Executive Director

4

1 August  
2011

Subsequent to the year end, one further meeting of the Committee  
took place in September 2015

Committee membership and meetings
The members of the Committee and their attendance 
at meetings during the year are shown in the table 
above. A quorum of the Committee is two members.

The Board is satisfied that Committee members are 
sufficiently competent in financial matters, in addition 
to having a wide range of business experience as 
evidenced in their biographies on page 32 and 33. 

Neil Harrington has particular relevant financial 
experience and up‑to‑date knowledge of financial 
matters, being a member of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants and the current Chief Finance Officer 
of Cath Kidston Limited. He was previously Group 
Finance Director at Mothercare plc for seven years. 

The Committee meets as frequently as needed, 
but at least three times a year. In the financial year 
ended 30 June 2015 the Committee met four times, 
in September and December 2014 and February and 
June 2015. Subsequent to the year end, one further 
meeting of the Committee took place in September 
2015. Meetings may be attended by the Board 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Finance Officer 
and Head of Internal Audit by invitation. Support is 
provided by the Company Secretary who serves as 
Secretary to the Committee. The Company’s external 
auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), also 
attend meetings by invitation. During the year, PwC 
attended three meetings.

Independent meetings were held regularly between 
the Committee members and the external auditors in 
the absence of the Executive Directors and between 
the Chairman of the Committee and the external 
auditors. There were also regular meetings between the 
Committee Chairman and the Head of Internal Audit.

Purpose
The purpose of the Audit Committee is to make 
recommendations on the reporting, control, risk 
management and compliance functions and 
responsibilities of the Group and to provide 
independent oversight, assessment and challenge 
to the senior management team in these areas.

Main duties
•	 To monitor the integrity of the financial and 
regulatory reporting process of the Group.

•	 To review the Group’s accounting policies, financial 

reporting standards and disclosure practices.

•	 To review and recommend the Board to approve all 

financial statements and announcements.

•	 To review the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 

controls and risk management systems.

•	 To oversee relations with the external auditors, 

actively considering the objectivity and effectiveness 
of the external audit process and making 
recommendations to the Board in relation to the 
appointment and remuneration of the external 
auditors.

•	 To monitor the performance and independence of the 

external auditors.

•	 To monitor the effectiveness of the Group’s Internal 

Audit function.

•	 To monitor compliance with legal and regulatory 

requirements.

•	 To develop and oversee the Group’s policy on the 

supply of non‑audit services.

 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

43

The Committee reviews its own performance annually and considers whether improvements can be made. This 
year’s exercise indicated that the Committee continues to work very effectively, with appropriate processes in 
place to ensure the Committee carries out its duties satisfactorily. The Committee Chairman demonstrates good 
leadership and all Committee members have excellent knowledge of all relevant financial matters. All Committee 
members contribute actively to quality discussions and are prepared to challenge both the executive and the 
external auditors on matters of significance to the Group.

Terms of Reference
The Committee’s Terms of Reference are reviewed annually to ensure continuing compliance with evolving best 
practice guidelines. This year’s review has incorporated amendments to take account of latest guidance, including 
additional wording to cover the duties and reporting obligations under the CMA Statutory Audit Services Order 
2014 (relating to external audit tender), which comes into effect in July 2015; and additional wording to reflect the 
new UK Corporate Governance Code provisions relating to review of the going concern statement, assessment of 
business viability, and continuous monitoring of internal control and risk management systems. A copy of the latest 
Terms of Reference is available from the Group’s website at www.mcbride.co.uk. 

Accounting and reporting issues
The Committee received regular reports on the Group’s trading performance and on both the interim and full year 
financial statements. Papers on critical reporting issues were tabled for discussion and the Committee actively 
considered relevant matters including monitoring of potential asset impairment issues, exceptional items associated 
with various projects, international financial reporting standard disclosures and other accounting developments 
that could affect the Group.

Significant matters considered
The Committee considered the following key accounting judgements in relation to the financial statements which 
it deemed to be significant in the context of the Group’s performance and recognising the need to adapt to 
the changing trading and economic environment. The table below indicates how these matters were discussed 
and addressed:

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Matters considered

Actions 

Impairment reviews

Revenue recognition

Tax matters

Treasury matters

Going concern status

Management’s judgement on the need (or otherwise) to take impairment charges for goodwill 
or fixed assets at certain sites was reviewed, taking into account the trading performance of and 
the prospects for each location. Recommendations were discussed and agreed with the external 
auditors. Refer to note 5 to the financial statements.

Specific focus was applied by the Committee to the application of appropriate controls relating 
to revenue cut off and the accounting for rebates to customers. The Committee satisfied itself 
on the control environment surrounding the risk of material misstatement arising from revenue 
recognition accounting. See note 1 to the financial statements.

The Committee considered and approved the Group’s tax policies and reviewed opportunities to 
improve the Group legal structure to ensure efficient access to subsidiary distributable reserves.

In accordance with the terms of the Group’s debt facilities, the Committee continued to monitor 
compliance with all relevant covenants to ensure the Group could continue to have available 
sufficient headroom to deliver its strategy and to enable the business to focus on other critical 
priorities. Full details are provided on page 9 of the Executive review. The Committee also 
reviewed the policies on currency and interest rate hedging transactions and concluded that the 
approach adopted was appropriately prudent.

In depth reviews of the Group’s going concern status were carried out by the Committee both at 
the half and full year period ends. Detailed papers setting out all the relevant considerations were 
tabled by management and discussed by the Committee together with the external auditors who 
confirmed that their independent tests continued to support the position that adequate facilities 
were in place for the period to September 2016 to enable the Group to continue as a going 
concern (Refer to page 9 of the Executive review).

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
44

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Audit Committee 
report continued

External auditor reports
The Committee also received, considered and 
debated reports received from PwC arising from their 
independent risk assessment of the Group’s financial 
controls. This included consideration of measures 
to improve transparency between legal entity and 
functional reporting; consideration of systems access 
controls; impairment reviews; exceptional items; 
testing to support the integrity of various customer 
rebates; considerations relating to segmental reporting; 
and inventory. Supported by the external auditors, 
the Committee concluded that there were no major 
concerns, that there was no evidence of systematic 
control weaknesses and that the overall control 
environment was acceptable for a group of McBride’s 
size and nature. It was recognised that management 
had taken the opportunity to improve various 
transactional processes and procedures and to continue 
to strengthen enhanced cross‑functional alignment 
across the Group.

Internal audit
The Internal Audit function provides independent 
assurance to the ELT and the Board on the strength 
and effectiveness of the Group’s risk management 
framework and approach and is responsible for 
overseeing internal controls and risk management 
processes for the Group. 

Internal controls
The Internal Audit function was actively engaged 
to understand and consider the extent to which the 
internal control environment could be improved. The 
Committee received specific audit reports, and detailed 
papers on the annual Internal Control Questionnaire 
(ICQ) and on the UK taxation control effectiveness 
questionnaire to comply with the Senior Accounting 
Officer (SAO) requirements, and concluded that the 
overall approach to control and risk management 
continues to be effective. More information is reported 
on pages 40 to 41.

During the year, 15 new audits were undertaken by 
Internal Audit in conjunction with a quarterly process 
of monitoring outstanding actions using our automated 
follow‑up software tool. The Committee noted that the 
Internal Audit reviews had helped to effect significant 
improvements in the Group’s internal control processes 
since last year. The conclusion was that a generally 
robust and effective control environment exists and 
that no fundamental breakdown in controls had been 
identified. High completion rates against identified 
audit actions had been reported with clear evidence of 
management commitment to improving any potential 
weaknesses.

Risk management
The Internal Audit function also continued to facilitate 
the roll‑out of the Group’s risk management process 
known as BRIM, which seeks to encourage a robust 
assessment of potential threats to the business, its 
performance and its stability both at a holistic as well 
as at a fundamental level. BRIM provides a monitoring 
process for the Group’s key business risks and controls, 
as well as driving a more risk accountable culture 
across the business. The Committee was provided with 
regular reports on the progress and key results from 
this process. On behalf of the Board, the Committee 
considered specifically those risks and uncertainties 
facing the business which should be classified as 
significant and sought comfort from the executive 
about relevant and necessary mitigating factors. See the 
principal risks and uncertainties section on pages 24 to 
26 for further details. 

The Internal Audit function was actively engaged 
to understand and consider the extent to which the 
internal control environment could be improved. 

The Committee reviewed and agreed the Annual 
Internal Audit Plan confirming its alignment with the 
output from the BRIM exercise. 

Overall, the Committee continues to be satisfied that 
the Internal Audit function has sufficient resource 
and provides an important and effective role in the 
management of the Group’s internal controls framework 
and in the facilitation of the BRIM process.

Financing strategies
The Committee received regular reports on audit 
related, treasury and taxation matters, including 
consideration of the Group’s funding strategy, transfer 
pricing, its foreign currency management policy and 
banking facilities. The taxation compliance process and 
controls were tested during the year and confirmed as 
operating adequately and effectively.

Accounting policies 
The Committee received regular updates on technical 
reporting issues and on critical accounting policies. 

Corporate policies 
The Committee reviewed updated corporate policies 
on anti‑bribery and corruption and whistleblowing. The 
Committee believes that appropriate key policies are 
in place to ensure reasonable steps have been taken 
to prevent fraud and to allow any improprieties to be 
reported. Copies of the policies are available from the 
Group’s website at www.mcbride.co.uk.

Non‑audit fees 
We have in place a detailed policy on the engagement 
of external auditors for non‑audit services. This has 
been designed to preserve the independence of the 
incumbent auditors in performing the statutory audit 
and it aims to avoid any conflict of interest by specifying 
the type of non‑audit work:

•	 for which the auditors can be engaged without 

referral to the Audit Committee;

•	 for which a case‑by‑case decision is necessary; and

•	 from which the auditors are excluded.

In accordance with this Policy, other providers are 
considered for non‑audit work and such work is 
awarded on the basis of service and cost. This Policy 
is regularly reviewed and a copy is available from the 
Group’s website at www.mcbride.co.uk.

External auditors – effectiveness, independence 
and objectivity
The Audit Committee has primary responsibility 
for making recommendations to the Board on the 
appointment, re‑appointment and removal of the 
external auditors as submitted to shareholders for their 
approval at the Company’s AGM.

During the year, the Committee has monitored the 
scope, results and cost effectiveness of the audit and 
overall independence and objectivity of the external 
auditors both through the receipt and assessment of 
papers as well as in discussion with both management 
and the auditors.

This has included receiving proposals on the audit 
strategy for the year, reviewing the scope and outcome 
of the interim and year‑end audits and on control and 
accounting developments. 

The Committee has also sought assurance from the 
external auditors of their compliance with applicable 
ethical guidance and, in addition, has taken account 
of the appropriate independence and objectivity 
guidelines. The Committee considers the risk of PwC 
withdrawing from the market as remote since they are 
one of the top four accounting firms in the UK.

The Committee has considered and approved the terms 
of engagement and fees of the external auditors for the 
year ended 30 June 2015. Fees payable by the Group 
to PwC totalled £0.4 million (2014: £0.4m) in respect 
of audit services and £10k (2014: £28k) in respect 
of non‑audit services. There were no contingent fee 
arrangements with PwC.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

45

External audit tender
A full tender for the appointment of the external 
audit firm took place in 2011, as a result of which PwC 
were appointed as external auditors with effect from 
November 2011. The Committee remains satisfied 
with the level of independence, objectivity, expertise, 
fees, resources and general effectiveness of PwC and, 
accordingly, the Committee recommends (and the 
Board agrees) that a resolution for the re‑appointment 
of PwC as external auditors for the Company should be 
proposed at the forthcoming AGM in October 2015.

In 2014, fees have been benchmarked and fees for 
2015 are considered to be consistent with comparable 
companies.

Overview
As a result of its work during the year, the Committee 
has concluded that it has acted in accordance with its 
Terms of Reference and has ensured the independence 
and objectivity of its external auditors.

Having given due and full consideration to all the 
matters referred to above, the Committee satisfied itself 
that the financial statements give a fair, balanced and 
understandable view of the profits, assets, liabilities and 
financial position of the Group, and undertook to report 
accordingly to the Board.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Neil Harrington
Chairman of the Audit Committee

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
46

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Remuneration 
report

Executive Directors’  
remuneration at a glance

Total remuneration 2014/15
Notes to these figures can be found on page 55.

Base 

  Annual 
salary Benefits  Pension  bonus 

Total 
  £000  £000  £000  £000  £000  £000

LTIP 

Sandra Turner
Chair of the 
Remuneration  
Committee

Attendance at meetings year ended 30 June 2015

The Board are satisfied all members are independent 
Non‑Executive Directors, with the exception of Iain 
Napier who satisfied the independence condition on his 
appointment as Non‑Executive Chairman in 2007.

Date 
appointed to 
committee

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C
f
o
s
r
e
b
m
e
M

Number of meetings held
(minimum two per year)

Number of meetings attended 
(quorum is two members)

Sandra Turner (Chair)
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent Director

Neil Harrington
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Iain Napier
Chairman

6

6

6

6

6

1 August  
2011

4 February 
2013

3 January  
2012

19 July  
2007

Subsequent to the year end, one further meeting of the  
Committee took place in September 2015.

Remuneration Committee purpose:
The Committee is responsible for determining the 
remuneration policy for the Executive Directors, 
Non‑Executive Directors and, in conjunction with the 
Chief Executive Officer, remuneration packages for 
the Executive Leadership Team (ELT).

Main duties:
•	 to review the ongoing appropriateness and 

relevance of the Remuneration Policy for the 
Executive and Non‑Executive Directors;

•	 to apply formal and transparent procedures 
regarding executive remuneration packages; 

•	 to consider and make recommendations to the 
Board on remuneration issues for the Executive 
Directors and other senior executives, taking into 
account the interests of relevant stakeholders; and

•	 to review the implementation and operation of any 
Company share option schemes, bonus schemes 
and long term incentive plans (LTIP).

The Committee is authorised by the Board to 
investigate any matters within its Terms of Reference. 
The Committee’s Terms of Reference are reviewed 
regularly to ensure continuing compliance with 
evolving best practice guidelines and is available from 
the Group’s website at www.mcbride.co.uk.

Rik De Vos 
(appointed 2 Feb 2015) 

Chris Smith 
(appointed 7 Jan 2015) 

Chris Bull 
(resigned 18 Dec 2014) 

Richard Armitage 
(resigned 31 Jul 2014) 

167 

121  

197  

23  

7 

6 

6 

6 

35  

148 

—  

357

24  

107 

—  

258

50  

5  

— 

— 

—  

253

—  

34

2014/15 annual bonus structure

Group financial hurdle: Achievement against 
budgeted operating profits (EBITA)

80%

Bonus
weighting

20%

50%

Composition 
of personal 
objectives

50%

Net debt 
target

Organic 
growth targets

Personal objectives

More details on the 2014/15 annual bonus can be found on page 56.

Remuneration performance scenarios
The chart below illustrates how the composition of the 
Chief Executive Officer’s and Chief Finance Officer’s 
remuneration packages could vary at different levels of 
performance under the Company’s Remuneration Policy 
as a total value opportunity.

Total remuneration opportunity 
£(000s)

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

LTIPs
Annual bonus
Fixed pay

£492

£312

£1,292

31%

31%

38%

£812

31%

31%

38%

£822
11%

29%

60%

£518
11%
29%

60%

Below
target
(CEO)

Below
target
(CFO)

On target
(CEO)

On target
(CFO)

Maximum
(CEO)

Maximum
(CFO)

Below target represents fixed pay only (consisting of base salary, benefits and 
pension). On‑target performance assumes a bonus award of 60% of salary and 
22.5% vesting under the LTIP.
Maximum performance assumes a bonus award of 100% of salary (cash and 
deferred shares) and full vesting under the LTIP. No assumptions are made as to 
likely share price growth for the DBP or LTIP.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

47

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased 
to present the Remuneration report for the year ended 
30 June 2015.

Reporting disclosure and recommendation
The Committee continues to welcome and embrace 
best practice in the area of remuneration reporting 
and aims to provide shareholders with a transparent 
and clear view on how the Committee ensures a strong 
link exists between the successful achievement of the 
Company’s strategy and performance and its Executive 
Director remuneration structure. When appropriate, I am 
happy to consult with key shareholders to discuss and 
take views on our Remuneration Policy.

This Remuneration report has been prepared 
in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large and 
Medium‑sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and 
Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 and is split 
into the following sections:

•	 this annual statement which summarises and explains 

the key actions and decisions undertaken by the 
Committee during the year;

•	 a Remuneration Policy report, which sets out our 
policy on the remuneration for the Executive and 
Non‑Executive Directors as approved and adopted by 
shareholders at the AGM in 2014. The Remuneration 
Policy has been reproduced in this year’s 
Remuneration report to ensure shareholders have 
ready access to all information available on Executive 
Remuneration; and

•	 an Annual Report on Remuneration, which discloses 
how the Remuneration Policy was implemented 
during the 2014/15 financial year and how it will be 
applied for the 2015/16 financial year. 

At this year’s AGM in October 2015, there will be an 
advisory vote on the Annual Report on Remuneration. 
The Remuneration Policy is subject to a binding vote 
every three years, or sooner if changes are proposed 
to it. The Committee is not proposing any changes at 
this time. 

The positive votes received by shareholders for the 
Remuneration report at the 2014 AGM provide a strong 
endorsement for our remuneration strategy and the 
Committee hopes to continue to receive this support at 
our AGM in October 2015.

Strategy and payment for performance
When determining the structure and remuneration 
levels offered to Executive Directors, the Committee 
ensures that the overall design of the packages 
remains within the Remuneration Policy approved 
by shareholders at the 2014 AGM. Payment levels 
are required to remain competitive, but also have 
a clear alignment to successful delivery of the 
Company’s strategy.

Accordingly, fixed elements of remuneration have 
remained relatively static, with emphasis being placed 
on the opportunity to increase remuneration through 
variable elements of reward, including both short‑term 
and long‑term incentive plans. This ensures rewards 
are reflective only of success and subject to achieving 
performance targets. 

Key actions and decisions taken
The Committee has considered:

•	 the remuneration packages offered to both Rik De 
Vos, Chief Executive Officer appointed in February 
2015, and Chris Smith, Chief Finance Officer 
appointed in January 2015. These were in line with 
the Company’s Remuneration Policy and offered on 
the same general basis as the previous Executive 
Directors. No form of buy‑out, or other exceptional 
payments, were offered. Both participate in the 
Annual Bonus Plan and LTIP scheme, as detailed on 
pages 49 and 50;

•	 on 19 February 2015 the Committee agreed to the 
granting of pro‑rated LTIP awards for the year 
2014/15 to Rik De Vos and Chris Smith. Details of 
these awards can be found on page 56;

•	 in relation to Executive Director pay, as both 

Executive Directors joined part way through the 
financial year, it was agreed their base salaries would 
remain at their appointment levels, with a review 
taking place at the end of the 2015/16 financial year;

•	 for the 2014/15 Annual Bonus the Committee 

determined the Group financial hurdle element 
had been met in full. Personal objectives for both 
Executive Directors had been partially achieved, 
giving a total 89% payout of the maximum annual 
bonus available to both Executive Directors. Further 
details can be found on page 56;

•	 the Committee reviewed performance targets and 
objectives in relation to the Executive Director 
2015/16 Annual Bonus and LTIP awards and 
determined they would continue to be linked to 
similar measures used in the previous year. Further 
details can be found on page 54;

•	 the performance conditions attached to the LTIP 

awards granted in September 2012 were reviewed. 
The Committee determined that performance for 
these awards was below the threshold levels. The 
awards therefore lapsed; and

•	 Chris Bull, the outgoing Chief Executive Officer, was 
treated as a normal leaver by the Committee under 
all applicable policies and rules. As such, he was not 
entitled to receive any form of bonus for the financial 
year 2014/15 and all LTIP awards lapsed upon his 
cessation of employment on 18 December 2014.

Sandra Turner
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
48

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Remuneration 
report continued

Remuneration Policy report

This report provides details of the Remuneration Policy for the Executive and Non‑Executive Directors as adopted 
by the Company following approval by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.

Remuneration Policy principles
The Group’s approach for all employees, including executives, is to set remuneration that takes account of market 
practice, economic conditions, the performance of the Group and of teams or individuals, recognising any collective 
agreements that may apply as well as any legal or regulatory requirements in jurisdictions where it operates. Our 
Policy aims to attract, motivate and retain suitably able employees.

The basic principles that guide our Remuneration Policy for executives, including the Executive Directors, are 
as follows:

Remuneration 
principle

Remuneration links to 
business strategy and 
long‑term investor 
interests

Component

•	 Both short and long‑term rewards are linked to performance and Company strategy to 

maximise long‑term shareholder value.

•	 The Policy provides an appropriate balance between fixed remuneration, short‑term bonus 

and long‑term incentives.

•	 Executives are encouraged to build and maintain a targeted shareholding as this represents 

the best way to align their interests with those of shareholders.

Fair reward to individuals 
for successful contribution 
made to the business

•	 The annual bonus targets are split between Company financial performance and personal 

objectives which align with key strategic actions in a given year.

•	 Long‑term incentives are targeted against metrics which align with shareholder interests.

•	 Environmental, safety, sustainability, social and governance issues are taken into account.

Performance targets 
are appropriate and 
sufficiently demanding

•	 Performance conditions for the variable elements of executive pay are set independently by 

the Committee at the outset of each year and assessed by the Committee, both quantitatively 
and qualitatively, at the end of each performance period.

•	 The personal objectives for senior executives are specific and are reviewed by the Committee 

to ensure they adequately reflect the strategic aims of the Group and are only paid on 
measurable success.

In line with best practice 
where appropriate

•	 General pay and employment conditions across the Group are taken into account when 

setting executive remuneration. The Committee is kept informed of such matters via regular 
interaction with the Group’s HR function.

•	 The Committee consults with the Chief Executive Officer and pays due regard to his 
recommendations for other senior executives. Individual Directors are not involved in 
decisions concerning their own remuneration.

•	 The Committee is committed to keeping its Policy under regular review, taking into account 

changes in the competitive environment, remuneration practices and guidelines set by the key 
institutional shareholder bodies.

Consideration of conditions elsewhere In the Group
The Committee does not consult with employees specifically on the policy for Executive Director remuneration, 
but takes into account salary increases and benefits applying across the Group as a whole when considering the 
salaries and other elements of Executive Director remuneration packages.

Consideration of shareholder views
The Committee will continue to take into account the views of our major shareholders to ensure the Remuneration 
Policy reflects as far as practicable latest trends in evolving good practice in the UK. The Committee considers any 
feedback received from shareholders (either at the AGM or at other times during the year) when making decisions 
on the Remuneration Policy. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

49

Future policy table
The following table summarises the main elements of our Remuneration Policy for Directors.

Element: Executive Director base salary

Purpose and link to strategy

•	 To ensure the Group is able to recruit and retain high calibre executives.

Operation

•	 Salaries are set by the Committee taking into account individual experience, performance, 

skills and responsibilities, prevailing market conditions (by reference to companies of a similar 
size and complexity and other companies in the same industry) and internal relativities.

•	 Salaries are paid monthly in arrears by bank transfer and are normally reviewed annually 

with any changes effective from 1 August.

Maximum

•	 Details of current salaries of the Executive Directors are detailed on page 55. 

•	 Salaries are reviewed annually and may be increased each year. Increases will generally be in 

line with those awarded to the UK‑based workforce, as well as reflective of the overall financial 
performance of the Group.

•	

—

Performance measures

Element: benefits

Increases beyond this (in percentage of salary terms) may be awarded in limited 
circumstances, such as where there is a change in responsibility, experience or a significant 
change in the scale of the role and/or size, value and/or complexity of the Group.

Purpose and link to strategy

•	 To provide market competitive benefits, and be in line with those provided to other 

Group employees.

Operation

•	 Benefits include private medical insurance, sick pay, a fully expensed car or equivalent cash 

allowance, disability and life assurance cover.

Maximum

•	 The benefit provision is reviewed periodically. No maximum level is set on the value or cost of 

benefits provided.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Performance measures

—

Element: pension

Purpose and link to strategy

•	 Retirement benefits are regarded as an imported element of the Group’s basic benefits 

package to attract and retain talent.

Operation

•	 Membership of the Company’s defined contribution, or similar pension scheme, or in agreed 

circumstances, a cash allowance in lieu of pension.

Maximum

•	 Up to 25% of base salary.

Performance measures

—

Element: annual bonus

Purpose and link to strategy

•	 The purpose of the annual bonus is to incentivise delivery of the Group’s objectives (both 

financial and non‑financial) and to ensure that Executive Directors and senior executives are 
fairly rewarded for their contribution to the success of the Group.

Operation

•	 Performance conditions are set independently by the Committee at the start of each year.

•	 Performance criteria include the financial targets of the Group as agreed by the Board and 

specific annual targets based on clear and measurable objectives that underpin, and are key 
to achievement of the Group’s strategy.

•	 Personal objectives are reviewed by the Committee to ensure they adequately reflect the 

strategic aims of the Group.

•	 To further align the interests of Directors with shareholders, a portion of the bonus is paid 

in deferred shares. Shares awarded under the Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (DBP) vest after 
three years and are normally only payable if the Director remains employed by the Group at 
the end of that period. The deferred shares awarded are held by an Employee Benefit Trust 
until vesting.

•	 Both the cash and deferred share elements of the annual bonus are subject to clawback in the 
event of a material misstatement of the financial results, serious misconduct by a participant 
or other defined reasons.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
50 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Remuneration 
report continued

Element: annual bonus continued

Maximum

•	

100% of base salary

Performance measures

•	 A bonus of 80% of salary is based against a sliding scale of challenging and stretching 

financial performance targets, of which the first 50% of salary is payable in cash and the 
remaining 30% of salary in deferred shares under the DBP. A bonus of up to 20% of salary, 
which is payable in cash, is based on the achievement of specific and measurable personal 
targets. Irrespective of achievement against the personal targets, no bonus is payable unless 
a minimum level of financial performance is achieved.

•	 The Committee retains the ability in exceptional circumstances to adjust the targets and/

or set different measures and alter weightings for the annual bonus if events occur (such as 
a material divestment of a Group business) which cause it to determine they are no longer 
appropriate and a change is required to ensure that they achieve their original purpose and 
are not materially less difficult to satisfy.

Element: LTIP

Purpose and link to strategy

•	 The objectives of the LTIP are to align the long‑term interests of shareholders and 

management and reward achievement of long‑term, stretching targets.

•	 Awards are made to Executive Directors and to senior executives who have a significant 

influence over the Group’s ability to meet its strategic objectives. Whilst it is not a requirement 
of the LTIP, senior executives are encouraged to use the scheme to increase their share 
ownership in the Company.

Operation

•	 Annual awards are granted, subject to individual performance and Committee discretion. 

The awards vest after three years, subject to continued employment and the satisfaction of 
challenging performance conditions.

•	 LTIP awards are subject to clawback in the event of a material misstatement of the financial 

results, serious misconduct by a participant or other defined reasons.

•	 A ‘dividend equivalent’ provision is also available at the discretion of the Committee enabling 
dividend or dividend equivalent payments to be paid (in cash or shares) on any shares that 
vest under the LTIP.

•	 The Committee will operate the LTIP according to its respective rules and in accordance 
with the Listing Rules and HMRC rules, where relevant. The Committee retains discretion, 
consistent with market practice, in regard to the operation and administration of the LTIP, 
including the option to provide different types of awards; settling any vesting awards in cash; 
when dealing with a change of control (e.g. the timing of testing performance conditions) or 
restructuring of the Group; determination of a good/bad leaver based on the rules of each 
plan and the appropriate treatment chosen; and adjustments in certain circumstances (e.g. 
rights issues, corporate restructuring, events and special dividends).

Maximum

•	 Typically 100% of salary for Executive Directors, but with the flexibility to increase to 150% of 

salary in relevant circumstances.

Performance measures

•	 50% of the awards are subject to an EPS performance condition and 50% of the awards are 

subject to a relative TSR performance condition.

•	 EPS is a measure of the Company’s overall financial success and TSR provides an external 

assessment of the Company’s performance against its competitors. It also aligns the rewards 
received by executives with the returns received by shareholders.

•	 Targets are set by the Committee for each award on a sliding‑scale basis. The Committee may 
set different EPS target ranges for each award providing they are equivalently challenging in 
the circumstances. No more than 25% of awards will vest for threshold performance, with full 
vesting taking place for equalling or exceeding maximum performance conditions.

•	 Details of the performance conditions applied to awards granted in the year under review 
and for the awards to be granted in the forthcoming year are set out on pages 54 and 57 
respectively.

•	 Different performance measures and/or weightings may be used for future awards to help 

drive the strategy of the business.

•	 The Committee retains the ability in exceptional circumstances to adjust the targets and/or 
set different measures and alter weightings for the LTIP if events occur (such as a material 
divestment of a Group business) which cause it to determine they are no longer appropriate 
and a change is required to ensure that they achieve their original purpose and are not 
materially less difficult to satisfy.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

51

Element: Non‑Executive Director fees

Purpose and link to strategy

•	 To ensure the Group is able to attract and retain experienced and skilled Non‑Executive 

Directors able to advise and assist with establishing and monitoring the strategic objectives 
of the Company.

Operation

•	 The remuneration of the Chairman and the Non‑Executive Directors is payable in cash fees. 
They are not eligible to participate in bonus or share incentive schemes. Their services do 
not qualify for pension or other benefits. Fees are paid monthly and reasonable expenses are 
reimbursed where appropriate. 

•	 Fee levels are determined by the full Board with reference to those paid by other companies 
of similar size and complexity, and to reflect the amount of time they are expected to devote 
to the Group’s activities during the year. A supplementary fee is also paid to Committee chairs 
and to the Senior Independent Director to reflect their additional responsibilities.

Maximum

•	 Details of the current fees for the Chairman and Non‑Executive Directors are set out on 

page 54. Under the Company’s current Articles of Association the aggregate annual sum for 
Non‑Executive Director fees cannot exceed £400,000 p.a. The Company does not intend to 
seek shareholder approval for any increase to this maximum in the short to medium term.

Performance measures

•	 No element of the Chairman’s or Non‑Executive Directors’ fees is performance related.

Element: share ownership guidelines

Purpose and link to strategy

•	 Both the Executive and Non‑Executive Directors and other senior executives are encouraged 
to build and maintain a shareholding in the Company as this represents the best way to align 
their interests with those of shareholders. Levels are set in relation to earnings and according 
to the post held in the Company.

Operation

Maximum

•	 The expectation is that executives will build up to these levels over a period of time, through 
retaining shares received (net of tax) under the Company’s incentive arrangements and/or 
purchased in their own right

•	 There is no maximum; however target levels are set at 150% of salary for Executive Directors, 
33% of annual fees for Non‑Executive Directors and 50% of salary for other senior executives.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Performance measures

—

Element: recruitment remuneration

Purpose and link to strategy

•	 To ensure the Group is able to recruit and retain high calibre Executive and Non‑Executive Directors.

Operation

•	 New Director remuneration arrangements will be based upon and within the limits of the 

various elements as set out on pages 49 to 51. 

In addition:

•	 Executive Director buy‑out payments may be made in exceptional circumstances; typically 

when these are considered to be in the best interests of the Company (and therefore 
shareholders) to facilitate the buy‑out of value forfeited on joining the Company. These 
payments would typically be in the form of an enhanced LTIP award (and therefore under the 
rules and maximums permitted under the Company’s LTIP rules in place at that time and, in 
any event, would not be in excess of 200%) and would take account of remuneration being 
relinquished, including the nature and time horizons attached to such remuneration and the 
impact of any performance conditions. In exceptional circumstances, payments could be 
made in the form of a cash payment or Restricted Share Award. When in the form of a cash 
payment, this would normally be subject to clawback in certain situations (in line with other 
elements under the Company’s Remuneration Policy).

•	 Relocation packages (generally consisting of out‑of‑pocket expenses, together with any 

additional costs solely attributable/linked to the relocation and, in some cases, professional 
support to ensure a quick process) may be offered in situations deemed essential in order 
to carry out the relevant role successfully. Any package will be designed to ensure the new 
recruit becomes effective in their role as soon as possible, with minimal distractions from 
any relocation.

•	

•	

In respect of internal promotions, any remuneration commitments made before such 
promotion (whether or not they would fall within the principles of the Company’s current 
Remuneration Policy) may form part of that Director’s remuneration package, with the 
expectation that any such commitments would be phased out over time.

It is intended that the value of any element of recruitment remuneration will generally be on 
the same basis as the existing Directors (pro‑rated where appropriate dependent on time 
of joining the Company) and elements such as buy‑out payments being no higher than the 
expected value of the forfeited arrangements.

Maximum

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
52

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Remuneration 
report continued

External appointments
Executive Directors are permitted, where appropriate and with Board approval, to assume non‑executive 
directorships of other organisations. Where the Company releases Executive Directors to carry out non‑executive 
duties, they will be required to disclose the fact that they retain any earnings and the amount of such remuneration. 
Neither of the Executive Directors held any external directorships during the year ended 30 June 2015.

Executive Directors’ service contracts and compensation for loss of office
Service contracts stipulate that the Executive Directors will provide services to the Company on a full time basis. 
The contracts contain, in addition to remuneration terms, details of holiday and sick pay entitlement, restrictions 
and disciplinary matters. The contract for the Chief Executive Officer was entered into on 17 December 2014 and for 
the Chief Finance Officer on 15 July 2014.

The contracts contain restrictive covenants for periods of up to six months post employment relating to 
non‑competition and non‑solicitation of the Group’s customers, suppliers and employees and indefinitely with 
respect to confidential information. In addition, they provide for the Group to own any intellectual property rights 
created by the Directors in the course of their employment.

The contracts for both the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Finance Officer stipulate six months’ notice by 
both the Company and the Director (although, in exceptional circumstances, notice periods for up to a maximum 
of twelve months may be offered to newly recruited Directors). All Directors’ contracts are available for inspection 
at the AGM. The Committee recognises the provisions of the Code for compensation commitments to be stipulated 
in Directors’ service contracts with regard to early termination. Further information on the Committee’s Executive 
Director compensation approach can be found in the table below.

Element: Executive Director compensation on loss of office

Purpose and link to strategy •	 On termination of an Executive Director’s service contract, the Committee will seek to provide 

the minimum compensation applicable to the individual’s employment contract.

Operation

•	 Executive Director service contracts will stipulate the Company’s compensation commitments 
to be honoured in an early termination event. Any commitments will be within the principles 
of the Company’s Remuneration Policy, together with any specific contractual provisions 
agreed prior to 27 June 2012 where they do not fall within the principles, where applicable.

•	 Directors’ service contracts confirm that the Company has the option to pay notice month by 

month that would reduce or cease if the departing Director obtained other employment.

•	 There are no agreements between the Company and its Directors or employees providing 

for additional compensation for loss of office or employment (whether through resignation, 
purported redundancy or otherwise) that may occur in the event of a takeover bid. It is also 
the Company’s policy not to include liquidated damages clauses in service contracts, unless 
there is a clear explainable benefit for the Company in doing so. None of the Executive 
Director service contracts contain any such liquidated damages provision.

Maximum

•	 Any compensation arrangements will not be beyond those stipulated in the Directors’ 

service contracts and will normally be limited to base salary, benefit and pension elements. 
Dependent upon the circumstances (and subject to the Committee’s discretion) as shown 
below, a Director’s performance related remuneration elements may also be included.

Normal exit
(termination for reasons of 
resignation or dismissal).

No entitlement for year of 
exit. Payments in earlier years 
may be subject to clawback in 
certain circumstances.

Unvested awards lapse. 
Vested awards may be 
subject to clawback in certain 
circumstances.

Good leaver
(termination for reasons of 
death, ill health, retirement, 
redundancy, or at the 
discretion of the Committee).

Change of control
(excludes a reorganisation 
or reconstruction where 
ownership does not  
materially change).

Pro‑rated (based upon timing 
and performance) for year 
of exit. Any DBP awards (at 
Committee discretion) vest at 
either normal vesting date or 
on cessation of employment.

Extent to which performance 
requirements are satisfied 
in year determines level of 
annual bonus. Any unvested 
DBP awards will vest on date 
of the relevant event.

Unvested awards pro‑rated 
based upon rules of LTIP plan 
(at Committee discretion) 
and vest on either normal 
vesting date or cessation of 
employment.

Unvested awards are 
pro‑rated based upon rules 
of LTIP plan (at Committee 
discretion) and vest on the 
date of the relevant event.

Annual bonus

LTIP

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

53

Non‑Executive Directors’ letters of appointment
Set out below is information regarding the dates of the letters of appointment and notice periods for the Chairman 
and the Non‑Executive Directors.

Director 

Iain Napier 

Steve Hannam 

Neil Harrington 

Sandra Turner 

Date first 
appointed to 
the Board 

1 Jul 2007 

4 Feb 2013 

3 Jan 2012 

1 Aug 2011 

Date of last 
election 
at AGM 

  Compensation 
upon early 
termination 

Notice 
period 

Latest 
letter of 
appointment

2014 

2014 

2014 

2014 

3 months 

3 months 

3 months 

3 months 

None 

1 July 2015

None 

1 July 2015

None 

1 July 2015

None 

1 July 2015

The Non‑Executive Directors and Chairman serve on the basis of renewable letters of appointment (last updated 
and issued on 1 July 2015) which are terminable at the discretion of either party (generally on three months’ notice). 
In accordance with the principles of the Code, the Chairman, the Non‑Executive Directors and the Executive 
Directors are subject to voluntary re‑election by shareholders on an annual basis. Their appointments may be 
terminated without compensation in the event of them not being re‑elected by shareholders or otherwise in 
accordance with the Articles.

Any appointment for more than nine years in total will be subject to annual review by the full Board, as well as 
shareholder approval. Consideration will be given to the importance of refreshing the membership of the Board and 
avoiding any undue reliance on any particular individual, whilst assessing the contribution made by that individual, 
together with the ongoing commitment required to the role and the benefit gained from any continuity of handover 
with newer members of the Board.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Remuneration 
report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration
Application of the Remuneration Policy for the 2015/16 financial year
The table below sets out how the Remuneration Policy will be applied for the forthcoming financial year.

Element

Application of policy for 2015/16

Explanation

Executive Director  
base salary

The annual base salary (effective from 1 August 
2015) for Rik De Vos, Chief Executive Officer, 
is £400,000.

The base salary (effective from 1 August 2015) for 
Chris Smith, Chief Finance Officer is £250,000.

Due to joining in the early part of 2015, 
both Executive Directors’ base salaries 
will remain at their appointment values 
and will be reviewed at the end of the 
2015/16 financial year.

Benefits and pension

Both the Executive Directors will continue to receive 
the Company’s standard benefits package. 

The current benefits are considered to 
be appropriate.

Annual bonus

LTIP

Rik De Vos receives a pension contribution by 
the Company equivalent to 20% of annual base 
salary. 50% of this contribution is provided into an 
appropriate defined contribution pension scheme, 
with the other 50% received as a cash sum in lieu 
of pension.

Chris Smith receives a cash sum in lieu of a pension 
contribution at 20% of annual base salary.

The structure and operation of the annual bonus 
scheme will continue in line with the previous 
financial year. The maximum bonus opportunity 
for the Executive Directors continues to be 100% 
of salary: 80% of the award will be subject to a 
sliding scale of challenging EBITA targets based on 
budgeted exchange rates and 20% will be subject to 
personal targets.

The LTIP awards to be granted in 2015/16 will 
continue to be subject to EPS and relative TSR 
performance conditions. The intended Executive 
Director grant level for the LTIP is 100% of salary.

The TSR schedule and comparator group is based 
upon the FTSE Smallcap Ex. Investment Companies 
Index with 25% of this element of the award (12.5% 
of the total award) vesting for median performance; 
with full vesting for upper quartile performance. 
EPS targets continue to align to the Company’s 
three‑year business targets and our plans for EPS 
growth. Awards subject to the EPS condition will 
lapse unless the Company’s EPS Compound Annual 
Growth Rate (CAGR) (adjusted to exclude the 
effects of amortisation of intangible assets and 
exceptional items) is at least 13%, at which level 20% 
of this element will vest (10% of the total award). 
For performance above this level, awards will vest 
on a rising scale, with full vesting only if EPS CAGR 
reaches 19%.

The Committee considers that the 
forward‑looking targets are commercially 
sensitive and has, therefore, chosen not 
to disclose them in advance. Details of 
the targets will be set out retrospectively 
in next year’s Remuneration report. 
However, the targets are considered 
to be demanding in the context of the 
Company’s circumstances.

TSR provides an external assessment of 
the Company’s performance against its 
competitors. It also aligns the rewards 
received by executives with the returns 
received by shareholders.

The EPS performance measure has been 
selected as it is one of the KPIs used 
in the business and is a measure well 
understood by the senior executives. 
It is also something which they can 
influence directly.

Non‑Executive fees

The fee policy for the Chairman and Non‑Executives 
is as follows: 

Base Non‑Executive Director fee: £40,000

Chair of the Audit and Remuneration Committees: 
£4,000 (additional fee)

Senior Independent Director: £4,000  
(additional fee)

Chairman: £150,000

Non‑Executive Director fees were last 
reviewed in July 2009 and will be kept 
under review during the course of 
the year.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

55

Application of the Remuneration Policy for 2014/15
The following information has been audited by the Company’s auditors:

•	 single total remuneration figure for the Executive and Non‑Executive Directors;

•	 Executive Director pension benefits and interests in the LTIP and DBP schemes;

•	 Director shareholdings; and

•	 exit payments, payments to past Directors and payments to third parties.

Single total remuneration figure for the Executive Directors
The table below sets out a single total remuneration figure for the position of Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Finance Officer for the 2014/15 financial year:

Rik De Vos(6) 

2014/15 

Chris Smith(7) 

2014/15 

Chris Bull(8) 

2014/15 

2013/14 

Richard Armitage(9) 

2014/15 

2013/14 

Fixed remuneration 

Performance related 

Total 
remuneration

Base 

salary(1)  Benefits(2)  Pension(3) 
£000 
£000 

£000 

Sub 
total 
£000 

Annual 
bonus(4) 
£000 

LTIPs(5) 
£000 

Sub 
total 
£000 

£000

167 

121 

197 

400 

23 

273  

7 

6 

6 

12 

6 

14 

35 

209 

148 

24 

151 

107 

50 

100 

5 

 54 

253 

512 

34 

341 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

148 

357

107 

258

— 

— 

— 

— 

253

 512

34

341

(1) Full base salary paid during the year.

(2) Benefits consist of the provision of a company car and fuel (or cash equivalent), private healthcare, disability insurance and life cover. 

(3)  The pension figure represents the cash value of the pension contributions received by the Executive Directors. This includes either 

Company pension contributions or payment in lieu of pension contribution.

(4)  The annual bonus is the cash value of the bonus in respect of the year ended 30 June 2015 (including any deferred shares which must be 

held for a minimum three‑year period).

(5)  This relates to any LTIP award earned in respect of the performance period commencing 1 July 2012 to 30 June 2015.

(6) Rik De Vos was appointed as Chief Executive Officer with effect from 2 February 2015.

(7) Chris Smith was appointed as Chief Finance Officer with effect from 7 January 2015.

(8) Chris Bull resigned as Chief Executive Officer with effect from 18 December 2014.

(9) Richard Armitage resigned as Chief Finance Officer with effect from 31 July 2014.

Base salary
In relation to the 2014/15 financial year: 

•	 the annual base salary for Rik De Vos, newly appointed Chief Executive Officer, was £400,000 (pro‑rated from 

date of joining);

•	 the annual base salary for Chris Smith, newly appointed Chief Finance Officer, was £250,000 (pro‑rated from 

date of joining);

•	 between 1 July 2014 and his date of leaving (18 December 2014), the annual base salary of Chris Bull remained at 

£400,000; and

•	 between 1 July 2014 and his date of leaving (31 July 2014), the annual base salary of Richard Armitage remained 

at £275,000.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Remuneration 
report continued

Annual bonus
For the 2014/15 financial year, the maximum bonus opportunity for Rik De Vos, Chief Executive Officer, and Chris 
Smith, Chief Finance Officer, was 100% of annual salary, pro‑rated from date of joining the Company. The bonus 
opportunity comprised of two elements:

i.  maximum 80% award based on performance compared to adjusted operating profits (EBITA). For adjusted 
operating profits between £25.2m and £26.8m, the bonus award, payable in cash, started at 20% and on a 
sliding scale basis rising to a maximum award of 50% on this element. Up to a further 30% could be awarded on 
achievement of profits of £28.6m. Profits are calculated using budgeted exchange rates. A bonus between 50% 
and 80% of salary would be payable in shares to be retained by the Company for three years and only payable if 
the Executive Director remained employed by the Group at the end of that period; and

ii.  a further 20% of salary could be earned for performance against demanding specific, measurable personal 

targets. For both the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Finance Officer, these included targets in relation to i) the 
achievement of organic growth targets for the business, and ii) achievement of an agreed 2014/15 full year net 
debt target based on budgeted exchange rates. Both these elements of the bonus would be payable in cash.

The Group’s profit for the year (based on budgeted exchange rates) was £31.2m and the Committee therefore 
determined the necessary financial hurdles had been met for a maximum payment under the EBITA element (80%). 
In relation to personal objectives, whilst organic growth targets had not been achieved, the net debt target range 
had been met with year end net debt standing at £95.7m. Both Rik De Vos and Chris Smith therefore achieved 
personal targets equivalent to 9% of that element. The total annual bonus payment equated to 89% of annual base 
salary (pro‑rated from date of joining the Company), Rik De Vos: £148,333 and Chris Smith £106,971, with 30% of 
each payment in the form of shares retained by the Company for three years.

No annual bonus was paid to either Chris Bull or Richard Armitage during the year.

LTIP
In the year under review, all LTIP awards under the McBride plc 2005 LTIP lapsed due to both participants leaving 
the Company. Pro‑rated LTIP awards were granted to the newly appointed Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Finance Officer in February 2015 under the McBride plc 2014 LTIP.

Detailed assumptions used in calculating the fair value of the awards are outlined in note 24 to the consolidated 
financial statements on pages 105 and 106. 

Interests of Directors under the McBride plc 2005 LTIP at 1 July 2014 and 30 June 2015

Director 

Chris Bull(1) 

Number of 
awards 
at 1 July 
2014 

Date of 
award 

Allocated  vested in 
year 

  Awards  Allocations 
lapsed in 
year 

in year 

  Number of 
awards at  
30 June 
2015 

Market 
price at 
date of 
award (£) 

Vesting 
date

20 Sep 2011 

338,267 

18 Sep 2012 

322,763 

17 Sep 2013 

323,887 

— 

— 

—  338,267 

—  322,763 

—  323,887 

— 

— 

— 

1.1825 

21 Sep 2014

1.2393 

19 Sep 2015

1.235 

18 Sep 2016

19 Sep 2014 

—  455,840(3) 

—  455,840 

—  0.8775 

20 Sep 2017

Richard Armitage(2) 

20 Sep 2011 

219,874 

18 Sep 2012 

209,796 

17 Sep 2013 

222,672 

— 

— 

— 

219,874 

—  209,796 

—  222,672 

— 

— 

— 

1.1825 

21 Sep 2014

1.2393 

19 Sep 2015

1.235 

18 Sep 2016

(1)  Chris Bull resigned as a Director with effect from 18 December 2014 at which point all his interests under the McBride plc 2005 

LTIP lapsed.

(2)  Richard Armitage resigned as a Director with effect from 31 July 2014 at which point all his interests under the McBride plc 2005 

LTIP lapsed.

(3)  Awards were granted on the basis of 100% of salary. The face value of the awards to Chris Bull: £400,000. Threshold vesting under the 
TSR condition would be 25% of that part of the award (12.5% of the total award). Threshold vesting under the EPS condition would be 
20% of that part of the award (10% of the total award).

Interests of Directors under the McBride plc 2014 LTIP at 1 July 2014 and 30 June 2015

Director 

Rik De Vos 

Chris Smith 

Date of 
award 

19 Feb 2015 

19 Feb 2015 

Number of 
awards 
at 1 July 
2014 

Allocated  vested in 
year 

  Awards  Allocations 
lapsed in 
year 

in year 

  Number of 
awards at  
30 June 
2015 

Market 
price at 
date of 
award (£) 

Vesting 
date

— 

— 

192,123(1) 

144,092(1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

192,123  0.8675 

20 Feb 2018

144,092  0.8675 

20 Feb 2018

(1) Awards were granted on the basis of 100% of salary, pro‑rated to date of appointment. The face value of the awards are Rik De Vos: 
£166,667 and Chris Smith: £125,000. Threshold vesting under the TSR condition would be 25% of that part of the award (12.5% of the total 
award). Threshold vesting under the EPS condition would be 20% of that part of the award (10% of the total award).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

57

The performance conditions attaching to awards under the February 2015 LTIP grant are:

a.  50% of the awards are subject to a TSR performance condition measured against the FTSE Smallcap Ex. 

Investment Companies Index as the comparator group. If the Company’s TSR performance is lower than the 
median of the comparator group, awards subject to the TSR condition will lapse. The awards start to vest 
on a sliding scale if TSR performance is at or above the median (25% of the TSR element at median) of the 
comparator group, with full vesting only if the Company’s TSR performance is in the upper quartile of the 
comparator group. The TSR measure is based upon the average of three months’ share prices immediately 
preceding the relevant performance date and is independently calculated for the Committee.

TSR performance of the Company relative to the comparator group 

% of total award vesting (max 50%)

Below the median 

Equal to the median 

Upper quartile 

Intermediate performance 

0%

12.5%

50%

Straight‑line vesting

b.  50% of the award is subject to an EPS performance condition.

i.  Awards subject to the EPS condition will lapse unless the Company’s growth in EPS (adjusted to exclude the 
effects of amortisation of intangible assets and exceptional items) is at least 24% p.a. For performance above 
this level, awards will vest on a rising scale, with full vesting only if growth in EPS exceeds 29% p.a.

EPS growth 

Less than 24% p.a. 

24% p.a. 

29% p.a. 

Intermediate performance 

% of total award vesting (max 50%)

0%

10%

50%

Straight‑line vesting

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

TSR and EPS performance are measured over the period of three consecutive financial years of the Company 
beginning with the year of grant of the award. There will be no resetting or retesting of the performance conditions, 
other than in exceptional circumstances as set out on page 50. 

Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (DBP)
There were no interests of Directors under the McBride plc 2012 Deferred Annual Bonus Plan between 1 July 2014 
and 30 June 2015. 

Rik De Vos and Chris Smith will be granted an award of shares under the DBP, reflecting entitlement to a proportion 
of their 2014/15 Annual Bonus payment as set out on page 56. There is no exercise price applicable to these 
awards. The awards are subject to a restricted period of three years from the date of grant. Awards granted under 
the DBP are eligible for B Shares or B Share equivalent.

Pension
The Company has agreed with Rik De Vos to pay his contractual pension entitlement (equivalent to 20% of annual 
base salary) 50% as a contribution to a defined contribution pension scheme and 50% as a cash sum in lieu of 
a pension contribution. For the latter cash contribution, Rik De Vos has confirmed in writing that this payment 
relieves the Company of any liability for pension provision for this proportion on his behalf. In 2014/15 Rik De Vos 
received £17,066 Company contributions into a defined contribution pension scheme as well as £18,227 cash sum in 
lieu of pension contribution. 

In accordance with his service contract, the Company paid Chris Smith a cash sum in lieu of a pension contribution 
at 20% of annual base salary (pro‑rated from date of joining the Company), £24,308. Chris Smith has a contracted 
agreement that this payment relieves the Company of any liability for pension provision on his behalf.

The Company paid Chris Bull a cash sum in lieu of a pension contribution at 25% of annual base salary (pro‑rated 
to the date of leaving the Company), £50,000 (2013/14: £100,000). Company contributions to Richard Armitage’s 
defined contribution pension scheme totalled 20% of base salary (pro‑rated to the date of leaving the Company), 
£4,583 (2013/14: £53,794).

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
58

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Remuneration 
report continued

Single total remuneration figure for the Non‑Executive Directors

Iain Napier  

Steve Hannam(1) 

Neil Harrington 

Sandra Turner(2) 

2014/15 

  Committee 
 Chair 
/SID fee 
£000 

Base fee  
£000 

150 

40 

40 

40 

— 

4  

4  

 4 

2013/14

  Committee 
Chair 
/SID fee 
£000 

Base fee 
£000 

150 

40 

40 

40 

— 

3 

4 

3 

Total 
£000 

150 

44  

44  

44 

Total 
£000

150

43

44

43

(1) Steve Hannam was appointed as Senior Independent Director with effect from 14 October 2013.

(2) Sandra Turner was appointed Chair of the Remuneration Committee with effect from 14 October 2013.

Directors’ interests
The beneficial interests of the Directors in the ordinary shares of the Company at 1 July 2014 and 30 June 2015 
are set out below (there have been no changes from those detailed below between 30 June 2015 and the date of 
this Report):

Iain Napier 

Rik De Vos(1) 

Chris Smith(2) 

Steve Hannam 

Neil Harrington 

Sandra Turner 

Chris Bull(3) 

Richard Armitage(4) 

At 30 June 2015 

At 1 July 2014

  Conditional 
share 
awards(5) 

Total 
shares 

  Conditional 
share 
awards(6)

Total 
Shares 

74,807 

— 

74,807 

  20,000 

192,123 

25,657  144,092 

— 

— 

12,000 

  20,000 

10,000 

— 

12,000 

—  20,000 

— 

10,000 

—

—

—

—

—

—

— 

— 

—  340,000  984,917

— 

66,831  652,342

(1) Rik De Vos was appointed to the Board with effect from 2 February 2015.

(2) Chris Smith was appointed with effect from 7 January 2015.

(3) Chris Bull resigned as a Director with effect from 18 December 2014 at which point all his interests under the LTIP lapsed.

(4) Richard Armitage resigned as a Director with effect from 31 July 2014 at which point all his interests under the LTIP lapsed.

(5) The conditional share awards have been made under the McBride plc 2014 LTIP.

(6) The conditional share awards have been made under the McBride plc 2005 LTIP.

As detailed on page 51, Executive Directors are expected to build and maintain personal shareholdings in the 
Company equivalent to 150% of salary over a period of time both through retaining shares received (net of 
tax) under the Company’s incentive arrangements, or purchasing shares on the open market in their own right. 
As at 30 June 2015, and having both joined the Company in early 2015, the value of the Executive Directors’ 
shareholdings were: Rik De Vos £20,400 (representing 5.10% of annual base salary) and Chris Smith £26,170 
(representing 10.46% of annual base salary).

None of the Directors had any interest in the shares of any subsidiary company.

Exit payments
On termination of an Executive Director’s service contract, the Committee seek to provide the minimum 
compensation applicable to the individual’s employment contract. This will normally be limited to base salary, 
benefit and pension elements. Dependent upon the termination circumstances, and subject to the Committee’s 
discretion, a Director’s performance related remuneration element may also be included (subject to achievement of 
the relevant performance condition and time pro‑rating).

During the year, Chris Bull left the Company and received a total payment of £255,400 under a notice clause 
in his contract and a settlement agreement. The Committee determined that it should not exercise any 
discretion in relation to any bonus or LTIP awards and, accordingly, any entitlements lapsed on his departure 
on 18 December 2015.

Payments to third parties
No payments were made to third parties for making available the services of any of the Directors during 2014/15.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

59

Review of past performance
The graph below charts the TSR (share value movement 
plus reinvested dividends), over the six years to 
30 June 2015, of shares in McBride plc compared with 
that of a hypothetical holding in the FTSE Smallcap Ex. 
Investment Companies Index. The Directors consider 
this index to be an appropriate comparator group for 
assessing the Company’s TSR as it provides a well 
defined, understood and accessible benchmark.
3.0

McBride

FTSE Small Cap

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

Jul 
09

Jan 
10

Jul 
10

Jan 
11

Jul 
11

Jan 
12

Jul 
12

Jan 
13

Jul 
13

Jan 
14

Jul 
14

Jan 
15

Jul
15

The following table shows the historic Chief Executive 
Officers’ levels of total remuneration (single figure of 
total remuneration), together with annual bonus and 
LTIP awards as a percentage of the maximum available.

CEO/ 
Financial Year 

Rik De Vos
2014/15(1) 

Chris Bull
2014/15(1) 

2013/14 

2012/13 

2011/12 

2010/11 

2009/10(2) 

Miles Roberts
2009/10(2) 

Total 

 Annual 

remuneration   bonus % of   LTIP % of 
 maximum   maximum

£‘000 

357 

89 

253 

512 

512 

704 

531 

83 

— 

— 

— 

48 

5 

— 

519 

— 

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1) Chris Bull left the business on 18 December 2014, with  
Rik De Vos appointed with effect from 2 February 2015.

(2) Miles Roberts left the business on 30 April 2010, with  
Chris Bull appointed with effect from 4 May 2010.

Percentage change in Chief Executive Officer’s 
remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in 
Chief Executive Officer annual remuneration from the 
prior year compared to the average percentage in 
remuneration for all UK employees (1,555 employees). 
Although the Company has an international workforce, 
this group has been chosen as it continues to represent 
the most meaningful comparator group to the UK‑based 
Chief Executive Officer.

Chief Executive Officer 

Comparator group 

 % change 2014/15

Base  
salary 

Taxable 
benefits 

Annual 
bonus

— 

2 

— 

— 

89

89

Relative importance of spend on pay 

2013/14 £m  

2014/15 £m

Shareholder 
distribution

Underlying 
EBITDA

Total 
employee
cost

0

30

60

90

£m

120

150

Remuneration Committee support
Meetings may be attended by the Chief Executive 
Officer on all matters except those relating to his own 
remuneration. Support is provided by the Chief HR 
Officer and the Company Secretary, who serves as 
Secretary to the Committee. No Director participates in 
any discussion relating to his or her own remuneration. 
The Company’s independent remuneration consultants 
also attend meetings by invitation.

Remuneration Committee advisers
During the year, the Committee continued to engage 
the services of the independent consultants, Aon 
Hewitt Limited (operating through the brand New 
Bridge Street (NBS)), for the purposes of providing 
professional advice to guide the Committee in its 
decision‑making. NBS received £20,500 in respect of 
the services provided for the 2014/15 financial year 
(2013/14: £26,435). Neither NBS, nor any other part of 
the Aon Corporation Group, provided any other services 
to the Company during the year. NBS is a signatory to 
the Remuneration Consultant Group’s Code of Conduct.

Statement of shareholder voting
The table below shows the voting outcome at the 
October 2014 AGM for the approval of the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy and 2013/14 Remuneration report:

Resolution 

Votes 
for 

% 

Votes 
against 

Votes  

%  withheld

Approval of  
Remuneration  
report  

131,880,238  90.08 

Approval of  
Remuneration  
Policy 

136,835,426  93.46 

14,531,237  9.92 

28,690

9,573,519  6.54 

31,220

Approval of  
2014 LTIP 

133,638,390 

91.28 

12,770,989 

8.72 

30,786

The Remuneration Committee strongly welcome this 
continued shareholder support for the Company’s 
Remuneration Policy.

The Remuneration report was approved by the Board 
on 8 September 2015.

On behalf of the Board 

Sandra Turner
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015
60 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Nomination  
Corporate 
Committee report
governance continued

Iain Napier
Chairman of 
the Nomination 
Committee

Attendance at meetings year ended 30 June 2015

The Board are satisfied all members are independent 
Non‑Executive Directors, with the exception of Iain 
Napier who satisfied the independence condition on his 
appointment as Non‑Executive Director in 2007.

Date 
appointed to 
committee

e
e
t
t
i

m
m
o
C
f
o
s
r
e
b
m
e
M

Number of meetings held
(minimum two per year)

Number of meetings attended 
(quorum is three members)

Iain Napier (Chairman)
Chairman

Chris Bull*
Chief Executive Officer

Steve Hannam
Senior Independent Director

Neil Harrington**
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Sandra Turner
Independent Non‑Executive Director

Rik De Vos†
Chief Executive Officer

5

5

1

5

4

5

1

19 July 
2007

4 May  
2010

4 February  
2013

3 January 
2013

1 August  
2011

2 February 
2015

*  To date of leaving Company. 
†  From date of joining Company.
**  Apologies tendered but matters for consideration shared prior to meeting.

Key objective
To ensure the Board comprises individuals with the 
requisite skills, knowledge and experience to ensure the 
Board is effective in discharging its responsibilities 

Main duties
•	 Review the structure, size and composition of the 

Board, including diversity considerations

•	 Consider and recommend the nomination of 
candidates for appointment as Directors

•	 Consider the roles and capabilities required for each 
new appointment taking into account the skills and 
experience with the existing Directors

•	 Ensure that new appointees are provided with 
detailed and appropriate induction training

Terms of Reference
These are governed by a Charter which was reviewed 
during the year. No substantive changes were 
recommended this year. A copy of the Terms of 
Reference is available on the Group’s website at  
www.mcbride.co.uk.

Principal activities of the Committee during the year
The Committee met formally five times during the year 
for the purposes of:

•	 discussing the appropriate role specification and 

skills required for the appointment of both the new 
Chief Finance Officer and Chief Executive Officer;

•	 considering and accepting the appointment of new 

Chief Finance Officer following the resignation of the 
previous Chief Finance Officer in July 2014;

•	 considering the replacement of the Chief 

Executive Officer; 

•	 overseeing the search and recruitment process for 
the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer;

•	 considering the exit agreement for the former 

Chief Executive Officer, and finalising the Service 
Agreement for the new appointee;

•	 ensuring the provision of tailored induction plans 
for both the new Chief Finance Officer and Chief 
Executive Officer;

•	 considering the contributions made by the individual 
Directors prior to recommending their re‑election at 
the AGM, taking account of the outputs from internal 
Board Performance Evaluation exercise carried out 
during the year;

•	 considering the re‑appointment of the Senior 

Independent Director and proposed re‑election of 
the Chairman; and

•	 reviewing the composition and chairmanship of the 

Board sub‑committees.

No Committee member participated in any discussion 
relating to their personal position.

New appointments
In considering the new Executive Directors 
appointments, the Committee assessed the range and 
balance of skills, experience and knowledge required. 
The proposed recruitments were also considered in 
the context of the Company’s trading performance 
and the need to develop its strategic direction, plans 
and objectives. The personality of the new appointees 
was also taken into account to ensure that a cohesive 
balance on the Board would be maintained whilst 
also ensuring that the appropriate direction could 
be provided to the business. Active consideration 
was given to female appointees, with at least one 
candidate included on the final short lists as part of the 
appointment process.

Appointments were ultimately made on merit against 
the agreed selection criteria.

The Committee used external consultants to assist in 
the appointments during the year. Russell Reynolds and 
Korn Ferry were both utilised to identify candidates for 
the Chief Finance Officer and Chief Executive Officer 
respectively. Both Russell Reynolds and Korn Ferry 
are independent and have no other connection with 
the Company.

Iain Napier
Chairman of the Nomination Committee

 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

61

Other statutory 
information

Reporting requirements
The Group is required to produce a Strategic report 
complying with the requirements of section 414A of 
the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’). The Group has 
complied with this requirement and incorporates a 
detailed review of the Group’s activities, its business 
performance and developments during the year 
and an indication of likely future developments on 
pages 1 to 27.

The corporate governance statement, as required by 
Rule 7.2.1 of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) 
Disclosure and Transparency Rules, is set out on pages 
34 to 65 of the Corporate governance report and forms 
part of the Directors’ report.

For the purposes of DTR 4.1.5R(2) and DTR 4.1.8R the 
Directors’ report is the management report.

For the purposes of LR 9.8.4CR, the information 
required to be disclosed can be found in the 
following locations:

Section Topic

Location

Group results
The results for the year are set out in the consolidated 
income statement on page 72 and a discussion of the 
Group’s financial performance and progress are set out 
in the Strategic report.

Payments to shareholders
The Company intends that, for the foreseeable future, 
all payments to shareholders will be made by the 
issue of non‑cumulative redeemable preference shares 
(‘B Shares’). 

Subject to shareholder approval to renew the B Share 
scheme at the AGM, the Board is recommending the 
allotment of 19 B Shares (equivalent to 1.9 pence) per 
ordinary share held (2014: 3.3p), giving a total allotment 
for the year of 36 B Shares (equivalent to 3.6 pence) per 
ordinary share (2014: 5.0p). Further details of payments 
to shareholders are shown in note 12 to the consolidated 
financial statements on pages 90 and 91.

Directors
The Directors who held office during the year were:

Interest capitalised

Not applicable

Publication of 
unaudited financial 
information

Not applicable

Directors

Iain J G Napier

Rik J P D A De Vos

Details of long term 
incentive schemes

Remuneration report, 
pages 46 and 59

Chris I C Smith

(1)

(2)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

(11)

(12)

(13)

(14)

Waiver of emoluments 
by a director

Not applicable

Waiver of future 
emoluments by a 
director

Not applicable

Non pre‑emptive issues 
of equity for cash

Not applicable

Item (7) in relation 
to major subsidiary 
undertakings

Parent participation in 
a placing by a listed 
subsidiary

Contracts of 
significance

Provision of services 
by a controlling 
shareholder

Shareholder waivers of 
dividends

Shareholder waivers of 
future dividends

Agreements 
with controlling 
shareholders

Not applicable

Not applicable

Other statutory 
information section 
page 64

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Role

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer 
(appointed 2 February 2015)

Chief Finance Officer 
(appointed 7 January 2015)

Senior Independent 
Non‑Executive Director

Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

Steve J Hannam

Neil S Harrington

Sandra Turner

Chris D Bull

(resigned 18 December 2014)

Richard J Armitage

(resigned 31 July 2014)

Biographical details of the Directors appear on pages 
32 and 33. Information on the Directors’ remuneration 
and service contracts is given in the Remuneration 
report on pages 46 to 59.

Directors and their interests
The beneficial interests of the Directors in the share 
capital of the Company are shown in the Remuneration 
report on page 58.

Related party transactions
Except for Directors’ service contracts, the Company 
did not have any material transactions or transactions 
of an unusual nature with, and did not make loans to, 
related parties in the periods in which any Director is 
or was materially interested.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
62

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Other statutory 
information continued

Indemnification of Directors
In accordance with the Articles, the Company has 
the power (at its discretion) to grant an indemnity 
to the Directors in respect of liabilities incurred as a 
result of their office. In respect of those liabilities for 
which Directors may not be indemnified, the Company 
maintained a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
policy throughout the period. 

Although their defence costs may be met, neither the 
Company’s indemnity nor the insurance policy provides 
cover in the event that the Director is proved to have 
acted fraudulently or dishonestly. The Company is 
also permitted to advance costs to Directors for their 
defence in investigations or legal actions.

There have been no qualifying indemnity provisions or 
qualifying pension scheme indemnity provisions in force 
either during the year or up to the date of approval of 
the Directors’ report.

Employment policies/employees
The Group employed an average of 4,747 people during 
the year ended 30 June 2015.

Involvement of employees
Employees are key to the Company’s success and we 
rely on a committed workforce to help us achieve our 
business objectives.

Employees are encouraged to operate in an open 
environment, embracing teamwork and aligning 
personal development with the strategy of the business. 
We are keen to engage our employees by providing an 
environment where they can contribute their own ideas 
and challenge those of others. This is supported by an 
Employee Opinion Survey exercise which is conducted 
at all locations across the Group at regular intervals, and 
serves to provide colleagues with an opportunity to air 
their concerns and to contribute to the development 
of any necessary corrective action plans. We are 
committed to involving employees and we consider that 
good communication helps to achieve this.

All sites have regular briefings, partnership councils, 
listening groups and newsletters which are designed 
to keep colleagues informed of, amongst other things, 
the financial and economic factors that affect the 
Company’s performance. Members of the ELT regularly 
visit sites and attend our Management Development 
Programmes for open questioning from employees 
and to encourage two‑way dialogue. We recognise the 
importance of communication at, and across, all levels 
of the business and regular announcements from the 
Chief Executive Officer are published which updates 
employees on business performance Group‑wide and 
reports progress against key priorities and projects.

Most sites are actively engaged in involvement 
initiatives to allow all employees to understand and 
relate to our business goals. Many sites also hold 
open days to allow employees’ families to see the 
environment in which their family members work.

More information relating to employee engagement 
can be found in the Corporate responsibility section 
on pages 27 to 29.

Reward and recognition
Eligible employees participate in performance‑related 
bonus schemes and some senior management 
participate in an LTIP. We respect the right of 
employees to join trade unions and appropriate 
representative bodies where they choose to do so. 
We have in place formal arrangements with recognised 
national unions where this is deemed appropriate and 
Partnerships or Works Councils (joint management/
employee consultation groups) operate at all UK and 
other facilities in Europe. Where these arrangements 
include nomination of employee representatives, they 
are not discriminated against and they are allowed 
reasonable time and facilities to carry out their 
representative duties.

Employment of disabled persons
We aim to provide a supportive working environment 
and to offer terms and conditions of service which 
allow disabled people with the necessary skills and 
qualifications to obtain employment with the Group. 
If employees become disabled during the course of 
their employment, they will continue to be employed, 
wherever practicable in the same job. If this is not 
practicable, every effort is made to find and provide 
appropriate retraining and redeployment. Disabled 
people are afforded equal opportunities in recruitment 
and promotion and full and fair consideration is given 
to providing opportunities for training and development 
of people with disabilities according to their skills 
and capabilities.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

63

Equal opportunities
It is our policy to ensure equal opportunity in 
recruitment, selection, promotion, employee 
development, training and reward policies and we have 
an equal opportunities and diversity policy in place 
which is monitored through the HR function. It is a 
key objective to ensure that successful candidates for 
appointment and promotion are selected taking account 
of individual ability, skills and competencies without 
regard to age, gender, race, religion, disability or sexual 
orientation. We place great emphasis on establishing 
and maintaining a safe working environment for 
our employees. If an employee is injured during the 
course of his employment, the incident is thoroughly 
investigated and, where appropriate, rehabilitation 
support is provided to help the employee to return 
to work as soon as possible Wherever a restructuring 
programme is undertaken, great care is taken to ensure 
that all relevant communications, consultations, support 
and guidance are provided and every effort is made to 
ensure that compulsory redundancies are minimised.

Political donations
It is the Group’s policy not to make political donations 
and no such donations were made during the year 
(2014: nil).

Environment and greenhouse gas 
emissions reporting
The Group recognises the importance of responsible 
environmental management and its obligations to 
protect the environment. The Group, therefore, gives 
high priority to all environmental matters relevant 
to its business. Further information appears in the 
Corporate responsibility section on pages 27 to 29 and 
in the separate Sustainability Report available from the 
Group’s website at www.mcbride.co.uk.

The Group is required to state the annual quantity 
of emissions in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent 
from activities for which the Group is responsible, 
including the combustion of fuel and the operation of 
any facility. Details of our emissions during the year 
ended 30 June 2015 are set out in our in the Corporate 
responsibility section.

Research and development
The Group recognises the importance of investing in 
research and development which brings new product 
development support for its customers, research into 
new products and materials and further development 
of existing products. Research and development 
expenditure in the year was £6.5 million (2014: £9.3m).

Financial instruments
Information on the Group’s financial risk management 
objectives, policies and activities and on the exposure 
of the Group to relevant risks in respect of financial 
instruments is set out in note 21 to the consolidated 
financial statements on pages 96 to 101.

Share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital are shown in 
note 26 to the consolidated financial statements on 
page 107.

The ordinary shares of the Company carry equal 
rights to dividends, voting and return of capital on the 
winding up of the Company. There are no restrictions 
on the transfer of securities in the Company (other than 
following service of a notice under section 793 of the 
Act) and there are no restrictions on any voting rights 
or deadlines, other than those prescribed by law, nor 
is the Company aware of any arrangements between 
holders of its shares which may result in restrictions on 
the transfer of securities or on voting rights. Participants 
in employee share schemes have no voting or other 
rights in respect of the shares subject to those awards 
until the allocations are exercised, at which time the 
shares rank pari passu in all respects with shares already 
in issue. No such schemes have any rights with regard 
to control of the Company.

The holders of B Shares have equal rights to a 
preferential dividend and return of capital on the 
winding up of the Company, and are entitled to redeem 
such B Shares if the Directors believe it is appropriate. 
They are not entitled to attend, speak or vote at general 
meetings, except on a resolution relating to the winding 
up of the Company. The B Shares are not admitted 
to the Official List nor are they traded on the London 
Stock Exchange or any other recognised trading 
exchange.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
64

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Other statutory 
information continued

Share repurchases
At the 2014 AGM, shareholder approval was granted to allow the Company to repurchase up to 18,221,000 ordinary 
shares. The existing authority will expire on the date of the 2015 AGM, when the Directors will be seeking authority 
from shareholders to buy back shares which will be cancelled or may be held as treasury shares for the purpose of 
meeting obligations under LTIP and employee share schemes.

At the beginning of the financial year, the Company held 630,992 ordinary shares as treasury shares and during 
the financial year no ordinary shares were repurchased. At the end of the year, 630,992 shares were held as 
treasury shares.

Substantial shareholdings
The Company had been notified of the following interests amounting to 3% or more of its issued share capital as at 
the end of the financial year and at 28 August 2015 (being the last practical date prior to the date of this report).

Shareholder 

Delta Lloyd Asset Management 

Brandes Investment Partners 

Neptune Investment Management 

Henderson Global Investors  

River & Mercantile Asset Management 

Fidelity Worldwide Investment 

Jupiter Asset Management   

Miton Asset Management Limited 

NBIM 

All the above are institutional holders.

As at 
28 August 2015 

Number of 
 shares 

25,185,776 

22,130,483 

14,707,338 

14,477,643 

9,972,624 

9,277,129 

8,067,275 

6,341,928 

5,826,251 

% 

13.82 

12.10 

8.04 

7.92 

5.45 

5.07 

4.41 

3.47 

3.19 

As at 
30 June 2015 

Number of 
shares 

%

28,204,665 

15.43

22,191,353 

16,788,675 

12,723,877 

9,972,624 

9,326,856 

8,067,275 

6,341,928 

6,023,286 

12.14

9.18

6.96

5.45

5.10

4.41

3.47

3.29

Significant agreements/takeovers directive
There are a number of agreements that take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Group such 
as commercial contracts, bank loan agreements and employee share schemes. Other than bank loan agreements, 
none of these are deemed to be significant in terms of their potential impact on the business of the Group as a 
whole in the event of a change of control.

Articles of Association
The Articles give power to the Board to appoint Directors, but also require Directors to retire and submit 
themselves for election at the first AGM following their appointment. Specific information regarding the re‑election 
of Directors is contained in the Corporate governance section on page 34.

The Articles place a general prohibition on a Director voting in respect of any contract or arrangement in which 
they have a material interest other than by virtue of their interest in shares in the Company. 

In addition, the Act requires a director of a company who is in any way interested in a contract or proposed 
contract with the Company to declare the nature of their interest at a meeting of the Directors of the Company. 
The definition of ‘interest’ includes the interests of spouses, children, companies and trusts. The Act also requires 
that a director must avoid a situation where a director has, or could have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, 
or possibly may conflict, with the Company’s interests. The Act allows directors of public companies to authorise 
such conflicts, where appropriate, if a company’s articles of association so permit; the Company’s Articles do 
permit such authorisation.

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company subject to the provisions of relevant statutes and the 
Articles. The Articles, for instance, contain specific provisions and restrictions regarding the Company’s power to 
borrow money and to the issuing of shares. A copy of the Articles is available from the Group’s website at  
www.mcbride.co.uk.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the 
factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position, are set out in the Strategic 
report. The financial position of the Group, its cash 
flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are 
described in the Executive review on page 9. In addition, 
note 21 to the financial statements includes the Group’s 
objectives, policies and processes for managing its 
capital; its financial risk management objectives; details 
of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and 
its exposures to credit and liquidity risks.

The Group meets its funding requirements through 
internal cash generation and bank credit facilities, most 
of which are committed until April 2019 as described 
in note 21 to the financial statements. The Group’s 
forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance, show that 
the Group will be able to operate comfortably within its 
current bank facilities. In addition, during the prior year 
the Group successfully secured further debt facilities of 
$90 million from two US Private Placements.

The Group has a relatively conservative level of debt 
to earnings. As a result, the Directors believe that 
the Group is well placed to manage its business risks 
successfully despite the current uncertain economic 
outlook. After making enquiries, the Directors have 
a reasonable expectation that the Company and 
the Group have adequate resources to continue in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements.

Directors’ statement regarding disclosure 
of information to auditors
The Directors who held office at the date of approval 
of this Directors’ report confirm that, so far as they 
are each aware, there is no relevant audit information 
of which the Company’s auditors are unaware. Each 
Director has taken all the steps he or she ought to have 
taken as a director to make himself or herself aware 
of any relevant audit information (that is, information 
needed by the auditors in connection with preparing 
their report) and to establish that the Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

65

Annual General Meeting
The notice convening the Company’s 2015 AGM at its 
Shared Service Centre, Central Park, Northampton Road, 
Manchester M40 5BP on 20 October 2015 at 2.30pm is 
set out in a separate document issued to shareholders.

The Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 
30 June 2015 is available from the Group’s website at 
www.mcbride.co.uk or can be obtained free of charge 
from the Company’s registered office.

Independent auditors
On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, in 
accordance with section 489 of the Act, resolutions 
are to be proposed at the AGM for the re‑appointment 
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the 
Company and to authorise the Board to fix their 
remuneration. The remuneration of the auditors for the 
year ended 30 June 2015 is fully disclosed in note 7 to 
the consolidated financial statements on page 87.

Signed by order of the Board

Carole Barnet
Company Secretary

8 September 2015

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
66

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Statement of  
Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. 

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are 
listed in the Other statutory information section of 
the Annual Report confirm that, to the best of their 
knowledge:

•	 the Group financial statements, which have been 

prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the 
EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Group; and

•	 the Strategic report on pages 1 to 27 includes a fair 
review of the development and performance of the 
business and the position of the Group, together with 
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that it faces.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report, the Remuneration report and the Group and 
parent Company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the 
Directors have prepared the Group and parent Company 
financial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the 
EU and have elected to prepare the parent Company 
financial statements in accordance with UK Accounting 
Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice). Under Company law the Directors 
must not approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Group and the parent Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Group and parent 
Company for that period. In preparing these financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•	 select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•	 make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

•	 state whether applicable IFRS as adopted by the 
EU have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; and

•	 prepare the financial statements on the going 

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of 
the Company and the Group and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements and the Remuneration 
report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, 
as regards the Group financial statements, Article 
4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible 
for safeguarding the assets of the Company and 
the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps 
for the prevention and detection of fraud and other 
irregularities.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

67

Welcome to our  
financial statements

S
S
t
t
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
g
g
c
c

i
i

r
r
e
e
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t

C
C
o
o
r
r
p
p
o
o
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
g
g
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e

109

111

112

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

Independent auditors’ report  

68 

Independent auditors’ report  

Company balance sheet 

Notes to the Company financial statements 

Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Consolidated balance sheet 

Consolidated cash flow statement 

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement  
in net debt 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 

72

72

73

74

75

76

77

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
a
a

i
i

l
l

s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

A
A
d
d
d
d
i
i
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a

l
l

i
i

n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
m
m
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Independent auditors’ report
to the members of McBride plc

Report on the Group financial statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, McBride plc’s Group financial statements 
(‘the financial statements’):

•	 give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s 

affairs as at 30 June 2015 and of its loss and cash flows 
for the year then ended;

•	 have been properly prepared in accordance with 

International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) 
as adopted by the European Union; and

•	 have been prepared in accordance with the requirements 

of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation.

What we have audited
McBride plc’s financial statements comprise:

•	 the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2015;

•	 the consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

for the year then ended;

•	 the consolidated cash flow statement for the year 

then ended;

•	 the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the 

year then ended; and

•	 the notes to the financial statements, which include a 
summary of significant accounting policies and other 
explanatory information.

Certain required disclosures have been presented elsewhere 
in the Annual Report and Accounts (‘the Annual Report’), 
rather than in the notes to the financial statements. These 
are cross-referenced from the financial statements and are 
identified as audited.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
the preparation of the financial statements is applicable law 
and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

Our audit approach
Overview
•	 Overall Group materiality: £3 million which equates 
to 0.4% of total revenues as disclosed within the 
consolidated income statement. 

•	 We conducted our audit work in three key locations: UK, 
Belgium and Poland covering components in the UK, 
France, Belgium, Poland and Germany, whereby audit 
work over France and Germany was performed in the UK 
and Belgium.

•	 We performed specific audit work over accounts 

receivable in Italy.

•	 The territories where we conducted audit work, together 
with audit work performed at shared service centres and 
Group level, accounted for approximately 86% of the 
Group’s revenue.

Areas of focus comprise:

•	 risk of impairment of goodwill and property, plant and 

equipment;

•	 fraud in revenue recognition (including trade allowances 

and discounts); and

•	 risk of material misstatement in inventory provisions. 

The scope of our audit and our areas of focus
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (‘ISAs (UK & 
Ireland)’).

We designed our audit by determining materiality and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the 
Directors made subjective judgements, for example in 
respect of significant accounting estimates that involved 
making assumptions and considering future events that 
are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also 
addressed the risk of management override of internal 
controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence 
of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material 
misstatement due to fraud. 

The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest 
effect on our audit, including the allocation of our resources 
and effort, are identified as “areas of focus” in the table 
below. We have also set out how we tailored our audit to 
address these specific areas in order to provide an opinion 
on the financial statements as a whole, and any comments 
we make on the results of our procedures should be read in 
this context. This is not a complete list of all risks identified 
by our audit. 

 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

69

Area of focus

How our audit addressed the area of focus

Risk of impairment of goodwill and property, plant 
and equipment
Goodwill of £17.7 million primarily relates to the UK 
sites (2014: £16.3m). This was a focus area given the UK 
restructuring in the prior year. 

The trigger for an impairment assessment in the period 
was the decision by the Board to undertake a strategic 
review across the Group. 

We focused on this area because the determination 
of whether or not an impairment is necessary involves 
significant judgement. This judgement includes estimation 
about future results of the business and assessment of 
future plans for the Group. This is particularly judgemental 
at the current time, as the business is currently 
undergoing a strategic review. This introduces further 
uncertainty and unpredictability into future forecasts 
which could impact the impairment assessment. 

The impairment assessment was performed at the 
Cash Generating Unit level, which was defined as an 
individual site.

Fraud in revenue recognition (including trade 
allowances and discounts)
ISAs (UK & Ireland) presume there is a risk of fraud in 
revenue recognition because of the pressure management 
may feel to achieve the planned results.

In the consumer products industry, rebate agreements 
with customers (typically retailers) are common. We 
identified this as an area where possible fraud in revenue 
recognition could occur, particularly in relation to the 
accruals at the year end which had not been settled in 
cash. Whilst rebates are relatively small in the context 
of McBride’s revenue, they are inherently complex, 
non-standardised and require management judgement 
to interpret contractual arrangements. 

Risk of material misstatement in inventory provisions 
The Group held £66.8 million of inventory at the year 
end. Due to the strategic review and legislative changes 
applicable in the year, inventory lines maybe discontinued 
or impaired and hence require a provision. 

This was an area of focus due to the majority of the 
provision being based on future forecasts of sales for 
inventory items and these forecasts being open to 
management judgement.

We evaluated management’s impairment calculations 
for all sites, assessing future cash flow forecasts used in 
the models, and the process by which they were drawn 
up, including comparing them to the latest budgets, 
and testing the underlying calculations. We noted that 
management’s assessments were generally prudent.

We challenged:

•	

long-term growth rates in the forecasts by comparing 
them to historical results, future plans for the business 
and economic and industry forecasts;

•	 forecast revenue, costs and margins estimated for the 

short term cash flows; 

•	 the discount rate by assessing the cost of capital for 
the Company and comparable organisations; and

•	 other assumptions underpinning the forecasts, such as 
working capital movements, headcount and tax rates.

We found the long-term growth rates in the forecasts 
to be prudent, and that forecasted revenue, costs and 
margins were appropriate based on historical trends, 
current market information, the strategic review and 
future plans for the business. We noted no significant 
issues in the discount rate applied or the other 
assumptions.

We also performed sensitivity analysis around the key 
assumptions in the cash flow forecasts, including revenue 
growth and expected changes in margins. Having 
ascertained the extent of change in those assumptions 
that either individually or collectively would be required 
for the goodwill and property, plant and equipment 
to be impaired, we considered the likelihood of such 
a movement in those key assumptions arising and 
determined that it was unlikely.

We agreed rebates recognised to supporting evidence 
and underlying data to check they were appropriately 
calculated and accounted for. We focused on the period 
in which the rebate was recorded and in particular the 
appropriateness of the accrual at the year end. We noted 
no significant issues in our audit work.

Furthermore we used computer assisted auditing 
techniques in order to test revenue and tested a selection 
of journals which impacted revenue. 

No significant issues were identified from this audit work.

We evaluated the impact of the future forecasts of sales 
on the inventory provision by assessing the provision in 
light of the following:

•	 write offs of inventory in the prior year and current year; 

•	 evaluation of the impact of legislative changes on 

inventory held at year end; 

•	

loss making contracts or negative margin sales;

•	 discontinued contracts;

•	 testing of net realisable value, by comparing to post 

year end sales; and

•	 the rate of inventory turn.

No significant issues were noted from the testing 
performed.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
70 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of McBride plc

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we 
performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on 
the financial statements as a whole, taking into account 
the geographic structure of the Group, the accounting 
processes and controls, and the industry in which the 
Group operates. 

The Group is a European provider of Private Label 
Household and Personal Care products with a growing 
position in Central and Eastern Europe and South East 
Asia. It has production capability in eleven countries plus a 
sourcing office in Hong Kong and sales office in Australia. 
It has also extended geographic reach with Personal Care 
production capabilities in Malaysia and Vietnam and a 
Skincare business in Brno, Czech Republic.

The Group is structured in three segments (UK, Western 
Europe and Rest of the World). The Group financial 
statements are a consolidation of all reporting units 
within these segments comprising the Group’s operating 
businesses and centralised functions.

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we 
determined the type of work that needed to be performed 
at the reporting units by us, as the Group engagement 
team, or component auditors operating under our 
instruction. Where the work was performed by component 
auditors, we determined the level of involvement we 
needed to have in the audit work at those reporting units 
to be able to conclude whether sufficient appropriate audit 
evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on 
the Group financial statements as a whole. We conducted 
our audit work in three key locations: UK, Belgium and 
Poland covering components in the UK, France, Belgium, 
Poland and Germany, whereby audit work over France, 
Belgium and Germany was performed in the UK and 
Belgium. We performed specific audit work over accounts 
receivable in Italy.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application 
of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, 
helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to 
evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually and 
on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole as 
follows:

Overall Group materiality £3 million (2014: £3m).
How we determined it Approximately 0.4% of total revenues.
Rationale for benchmark applied Consistent with last year, 
we applied this benchmark as we believe that revenue is the 
most relevant measure of recurring performance.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report 
to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£0.15 million (2014: £0.15m) as well as misstatements below 
that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for 
qualitative reasons.

Going concern
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the 
Directors’ statement, set out on page 65, in relation 
to going concern. We have nothing to report having 
performed our review.

As noted in the Directors’ statement, the Directors have 
concluded that it is appropriate to prepare the financial 
statements using the going concern basis of accounting. 
The going concern basis presumes that the Group has 
adequate resources to remain in operation, and that the 
Directors intend it to do so, for at least one year from the 
date the financial statements were signed. As part of our 
audit we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the 
going concern basis is appropriate.

The territories where we conducted audit work, together 
with audit work performed at shared service centres and 
Group level, accounted for approximately 86%.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, these statements are not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Other required reporting
Consistency of other information

Companies Act 2006 opinion

In our opinion, the information given in the Strategic report and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements.

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you 
if, in our opinion:

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility.

•	

information in the Annual Report is:

 – materially inconsistent with the information in the 

audited financial statements; or

 – apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 

inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group 
acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

 – otherwise misleading.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

71

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting

•	 the statement given by the Directors on page 66, in 
accordance with provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the Code’), that they consider the 
Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for members to assess the Group’s performance, 
business model and strategy is materially inconsistent 
with our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course 
of performing our audit.

•	 the section of the Annual Report on page 11, as required 
by provision C.3.8 of the Code, describing the work of 
the Audit Committee does not appropriately address 
matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

Adequacy of information and explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion, we have not received all the 
information and explanations we require for our audit. We 
have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of Directors’ 
remuneration specified by law are not made. We have no 
exceptions to report arising from these responsibilities. 

Corporate governance statement
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the part 
of the Corporate governance statement relating to the 
parent Company’s compliance with ten provisions of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code. We have nothing to report 
having performed our review. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements 
and the audit
Our responsibilities and those of the Directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities set out on page 66, the Directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
ISAs (UK & Ireland). Those standards require us to comply 
with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for 
Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared 
for and only for the Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report 
is shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility.

What an audit of financial statements involves
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free 
from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or 
error. This includes an assessment of: 

•	 whether the accounting policies are appropriate to 

the Group’s circumstances and have been consistently 
applied and adequately disclosed; 

•	 the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates 

made by the Directors; and 

•	 the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the 
Directors’ judgements against available evidence, forming 
our own judgements, and evaluating the disclosures in the 
financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other 
auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to 
provide a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We 
obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of 
controls, substantive procedures or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial 
information in the Annual Report to identify material 
inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and 
to identify any information that is apparently materially 
incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, the 
knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing 
the audit. If we become aware of any apparent material 
misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the 
implications for our report.

Other matter
We have reported separately on the parent Company 
financial statements of McBride plc for the year ended 
30 June 2015 and on the information in the Remuneration 
report that is described as having been audited.

David Beer (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
St Albans

8 September 2015

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
72

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Consolidated income statement
for the year ended 30 June 2015

2015 

2014

Revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Distribution costs   

Administrative costs  

Operating profit/(loss) 

Finance costs 

Profit/(loss) before taxation   

Taxation 

Loss for the year attributable  
to the owners of the Company 

Earnings per ordinary share    

Basic 

Diluted 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Adjusted for: 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional items   

Adjusted operating profit 

  Adjusting 
items 
  Adjusted  (see note 11) 
£m 

£m 

Note 

4 

704.2 

  Adjusting 
items 
Adjusted  (see note 11) 
£m 

£m 

Total 
£m 

Total 
£m

704.2 

744.2  

 —  

 744.2

(460.5) 

(499.6) 

243.7 

244.6 

(48.0) 

(49.0) 

—  

—  

—  

(499.6)

244.6

(49.0)

— 

— 

— 

— 

(18.8) 

(186.0) 

(173.6) 

(35.9) 

(209.5)

(18.8) 

(0.3) 

(19.1) 

9.7 

(7.1) 

2.6  

3.2 

(3.3) 

22.0 

(35.9) 

(7.2) 

14.8 

(5.1) 

(0.2) 

(36.1) 

7.3 

(13.9)

(7.4)

(21.3)

2.2

(460.5) 

243.7 

(48.0) 

(167.2) 

28.5 

(6.8) 

21.7 

(6.5) 

15.2 

(15.9) 

(0.7) 

9.7 

(28.8) 

(19.1)

(0.4p) 

(0.4p) 

9.7 

1.0 

17.8 

28.5 

(10.5p)

(10.5p)

(13.9)

1.4

34.5

22.0

8 

9 

10 

11 

14 

5 

4 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Loss for the year attributable to owners of the Company 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income 

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss: 

  Currency translation differences on foreign subsidiaries 

  Gain on net investment hedges 

  Gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges in the year 

  Loss on cash flow hedges transferred to profit or loss 

  Taxation relating to items above 

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:   

  Net actuarial loss on post-employment benefits  

  Taxation relating to item above 

Total other comprehensive expense 

Total comprehensive expense 

Note 

2015 
£m 

(0.7) 

2014 
£m

(19.1)

(17.6) 

(10.7)

16.4 

11.2 

(6.7) 

(3.0)  

0.3 

(2.1) 

0.4 

(1.7) 

(1.4) 

(2.1) 

10.3

(4.6)

(0.3)

0.5

(4.8)

(5.2)

0.1

(5.1)

(9.9)

(29.0)

10 

23 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet
at 30 June 2015

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

73

Non‑current assets  

Goodwill 

Other intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Derivative financial instruments 

Deferred tax assets 

Other non-current assets 

Current assets 

Inventories 

Trade and other receivables 

Derivative financial instruments 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Assets classified as held for sale 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments 

Current tax liabilities 

Provisions 

Non‑current liabilities 

Trade and other payables 

Borrowings 

Derivative financial instruments 

Pensions and other post-employment benefits 

Provisions 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity 

Issued share capital 

Share premium account 

Other reserves 

Accumulated loss   

Equity attributable to owners of the Company 

Non-controlling interests 

Total equity  

Note 

13 

14 

15 

21 

10 

16 

17 

21 

18 

19 

20 

21 

25 

19 

20 

21 

23 

25 

10 

26 

26 

26 

26 

2015 
£m 

17.7 

2.0 

2014 
£m

23.9

2.4 

129.8 

143.4

9.9 

11.1 

0.5 

—

14.1

0.5

171.0 

184.3

66.8 

132.5 

1.7 

23.3 

1.1 

225.4 

396.4 

172.6 

35.1 

1.8 

3.7 

4.8 

66.6

142.5

0.2

35.3

1.2 

245.8

430.1

180.6

33.1

0.8

6.4

8.9

218.0 

229.8

0.4 

80.6 

0.1 

31.4 

3.2 

5.2 

120.9 

338.9 

57.5 

18.3 

102.4 

35.5 

0.4

86.9

3.9

30.4

2.5

7.6

131.7

361.5

68.6

18.3

111.5

26.5

(99.3) 

(88.3)

56.9 

0.6 

57.5 

68.0

0.6

68.6

The financial statements on pages 72 to 108 were approved by the Board of Directors on 8 September 2015 and were 
signed on its behalf by:

Rik De Vos 
Director 

Chris Smith
Director

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Operating activities 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Net finance costs 

Exceptional items   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Operating cash flow before changes in working capital 

Increase in receivables 

(Increase)/decrease in inventories 

Increase/(decrease) in payables 

Operating cash flow after changes in working capital 

Additional cash funding of pension schemes 

Cash generated from operations before exceptional items 

Cash outflow in respect of exceptional items 

Cash generated from operations 

Interest paid 

Taxation paid 

Net cash from operating activities 

Investing activities  

Proceeds from sale of non-current assets 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment 

Purchase of intangible assets  

Settlement of derivatives used in net investment hedges 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 

Redemption of B Shares 

Drawdown of borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Capital element of finance lease rentals  

Net cash generated from financing activities 

(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents 

Net cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year 

Currency translation differences 

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

Note 

9 

5 

15 

14 

14 

2015 
£m 

2.6 

7.1 

17.8 

19.6 

1.0 

48.1 

(3.6) 

(5.5) 

7.8 

46.8 

(2.6) 

44.2 

(10.7) 

33.5 

(5.7) 

(6.9) 

20.9 

0.2 

(21.2) 

(0.7) 

3.1 

2014 
£m

(21.3)

7.4

34.5 

23.5

1.4

45.5

(3.2)

15.3

(14.5)

43.1

(2.5)

40.6

(4.2)

36.4

(5.6)

(8.3)

22.5

0.5

(18.2)

(0.6)

1.3

(18.6) 

(17.0)

12 

(8.7) 

(8.9)

103.4 

134.7

(107.7) 

(95.5)

(0.1) 

(13.1) 

(10.8) 

35.3 

(1.2) 

23.3 

—

30.3

35.8

—

(0.5)

35.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt 
for the year ended 30 June 2015

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

75

(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents  

Net repayment/(drawndown) of bank loans 

Capital element of finance lease rentals  

Change in net debt resulting from cash flows 

Inception of finance lease rentals 

Currency translation differences 

Movement in net debt in the year 

Net debt at the beginning of the year 

Net debt at the end of the year 

Note 

22 

2015 
£m 

(10.8) 

4.3 

0.1 

(6.4) 

(0.4) 

(0.9) 

(7.7) 

(84.7) 

(92.4) 

2014 
£m

35.8

(39.2)

—

(3.4)

—

5.5

2.1

(86.8)

(84.7)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 30 June 2015

Other reserves

Issued  
share 
capital 
£m 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 

Cash flow 
hedge 
reserve 
£m 

Currency 

Capital 

translation  redemption Accumulated 
loss 
£m 

reserve 
£m 

reserve 
£m 

Equity 
  attributable 
to owners 
of the 
Company 
£m 

Non- 
controlling 
interests 
£m 

At 30 June 2013 

18.3  

 120.6  

(1.4) 

(0.7) 

 24.5  

(55.2) 

 106.1 

 0.6  

Total 
equity 
£m

 106.7

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(19.1) 

(19.1)  

—  

(19.1) 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

Year ended 30 June 2014 

Loss for the year 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income 

Items that may be reclassified  
to profit or loss: 

Currency translation differences  
on foreign subsidiaries 

Gain on net investment hedges 

Loss on cash flow hedges in the year 

Loss on cash flow hedges  
transferred to profit or loss 

Taxation relating to items above 

Items that will not be reclassified  
to profit or loss: 

Net actuarial loss on  
post-employment benefits 

Taxation relating to item above  

Total other comprehensive expense 

Total comprehensive expense 

Transactions with owners  
of the Company 

Issue of B Shares 

Redemption of B Shares 

At 30 June 2014 

Year ended 30 June 2015 

Loss for the year 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income 

Items that may be reclassified  
to profit or loss: 

Currency translation differences  
on  foreign subsidiaries 

Gain on net investment hedges 

Gain on cash flow hedges in the year 

Loss on cash flow hedges transferred  
to profit or loss 

Taxation relating to items above    

Items that will not be reclassified  
to profit or loss: 

Net actuarial loss on  
post-employment benefits 

Taxation relating to item above 

Total other comprehensive expense 

Total comprehensive expense 

Transactions with owners  
of the Company 

Issue of B Shares 

Redemption of B Shares 

Share-based payments 

At 30 June 2015 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(4.6)  

(0.3) 

0.5  

(10.7) 

10.3 

—  

—  

—  

(4.4)  

 (0.4) 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

 (4.4) 

 (4.4) 

(0.4)  

(0.4)  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

— 

— 

(10.7) 

10.3 

(4.6)  

(0.3) 

0.5  

(4.8)  

(5.2)  

 0.1 

(5.1)  

(5.1)  

(5.2) 

0.1 

(5.1)  

(9.9)  

(24.2)  

(29.0) 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(10.7)

10.3

(4.6) 

(0.3)

0.5 

(4.8) 

(5.2) 

0.1 

(5.1) 

(9.9) 

(29.0) 

(9.1) 

—  

—  

—  

18.3 

 111.5 

(5.8) 

—  

—  

(1.1) 

—  

8.9  

33.4  

—  

 (8.9) 

(88.3) 

(9.1) 

—  

68.0  

—  

—  

0.6  

(9.1)

— 

68.6 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(0.7) 

(0.7) 

—  

(0.7)

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(9.1) 

—  

—  

—  

—  

11.2 

(6.7) 

(0.7) 

3.8 

—  

—  

—  

3.8 

3.8 

—  

—  

—  

(17.6) 

16.4 

—  

—  

(2.3)  

(3.5) 

—  

—  

—  

(3.5) 

(3.5) 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

8.7  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

— 

— 

(2.1) 

0.4 

(1.7) 

(1.7) 

(2.4) 

—  

 (8.7) 

0.1 

(17.6) 

16.4 

11.2 

(6.7) 

(3.0) 

0.3 

(2.1) 

0.4 

(1.7) 

(1.4) 

(2.1) 

(9.1) 

—  

0.1 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

18.3 

102.4 

(2.0) 

(4.6) 

42.1 

(99.3) 

56.9 

0.6 

(17.6)

16.4

11.2

(6.7)

(3.0)

0.3

(2.1)

0.4

(1.7)

(1.4)

(2.1)

(9.1)

— 

0.1

57.5

At 30 June 2015, the accumulated loss included a deduction of £0.8 million (2014: £0.8m) for the cost of own shares held in relation to 
employee share schemes. Further information on own shares is presented in note 26. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2015

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

77

(ii) Revenue
Revenue is stated after deduction of rebates and discounts 
given or expected to be given, which vary according to 
contractual arrangements with individual customers. 
Accrual is made at the time of sale for the estimated 
rebates or discounts payable, based on, amongst other 
things, expected sales to the customer during the period to 
which the rebate or discount relates, historical experience 
and market information. 

The type of rebates and discounts given by the Group 
include:

•	 volume-related rebates for achieving sales targets within 

a set period; and

•	 promotional, marketing and other allowances to support 
specific promotional pricing discounts, in-store displays 
and cost reimbursement.

At 30 June 2015, the carrying amount of accruals relating 
to rebates and discounts amounted to £4.5 million 
(2014: £5.0m). Rebates equate to less than 3% of revenue. 
There is an element of judgement applied to the level of 
achieved sales within volume-related rebates.

(iii) Impairment of long‑lived assets
Impairment testing requires management to estimate 
the recoverable amount of an asset or group of assets. 
Recoverable amount represents the higher of value in use 
and fair value less costs to sell.

Value in use represents the net present value of the cash 
flows expected to arise from an asset or group of assets 
and its calculation requires management to estimate those 
cash flows and to apply a suitable discount rate to them.

Cash flows are estimated by applying assumptions to 
budget sales, production costs and overheads over a 
five-year forecast period and by applying a perpetuity 
growth rate to the forecast cash flow in the fifth year.

Cash flows are discounted using a discount rate based on 
the Group’s weighted average cost of capital adjusted for 
risks specific to the asset or group of assets. The weighted 
average cost of capital is affected by estimates of interest 
rates, equity returns and market and country-related risks.

At 30 June 2015, the carrying amount of long-lived assets 
was £19.7 million (2014: £26.3m). If cash flow or discount 
rate assumptions were to change, further impairment losses 
may be recognised in the next financial year.

The sensitivity of the carrying amount of goodwill in 
relation to business is presented in note 13.

1. Basis of preparation
Description of business
McBride plc (‘the Company’) is a company incorporated 
and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The Company’s 
ordinary shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange. 
The registered office of the Company is Middleton Way, 
Middleton, Manchester, M24 4DP. 

The Company and its subsidiaries (together, ‘the Group’) 
is Europe’s leading provider of Private Label Household 
and Personal Care products, developing, producing and 
supplying our products to major retailers throughout 
Europe and beyond.

Segmental reporting
The Group continues to be managed on a functional basis 
(Commercial, Supply Chain and R&D). Financial information 
is presented to the Board on a geographical basis for 
the purposes of monitoring financial performance and 
allocating resources to the Group’s businesses. Accordingly, 
the Group’s operating segments continue to be determined 
on a geographical basis. 

The new executive team is currently reviewing the strategic 
direction of the Group and is considering the impact of 
this review on the future information provided to the Chief 
Operating Decision Maker.

Segment information is presented in note 4.

Accounting period
The Group’s annual financial statements are drawn up to 
30 June. These financial statements cover the year ended 
30 June 2015 (‘2015’) with comparative amounts for the 
year ended 30 June 2014 (‘2014’).

Basis of accounting
The consolidated financial statements on pages 72 to 
108 have been prepared on the going concern basis 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the European Union, 
IFRS Interpretations Committee and those parts of the 
Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act’) applicable to companies 
reporting under IFRS. The financial statements have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, modified 
in respect of the revaluation to fair value of contingent 
consideration, financial assets and liabilities (derivative 
financial instruments) at fair value through profit or loss and 
assets held for sale.

The Group’s principal accounting policies are set out in 
note 2.

Going concern
For the reasons set out on page 65, the Directors have 
adopted the going concern basis in preparing the 
Company’s and the Group’s financial statements.

Critical accounting judgements and estimates
(i) Background
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, the Directors 
are required to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of its assets, liabilities, income 
and expenses. Actual outcomes could differ from those 
estimates and affect the Group’s results in future years. The 
Directors consider the following to be the key accounting 
judgements and estimates made in preparing these 
financial statements that, if not borne out in practice, may 
affect the Group’s results during the next financial year.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
78

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

1. Basis of preparation continued
Critical accounting judgements and estimates continued
(iv) Contingent consideration 
Contingent consideration payable in a business 
combination is generally remeasured at each balance sheet 
date and the change in its carrying amount recognised in 
profit or loss. Contingent consideration payable is typically 
dependent on performance conditions related to the 
future revenue or profitability of the acquired business. 
Considerable judgement is required in assessing the likely 
future performance of the acquired business against such 
performance conditions.

At 30 June 2015, the Group recognised contingent 
consideration payable of £0.4 million (2014: £0.4m) as 
described in note 3.

(v) Pensions and other post‑employment benefits
Under IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’, the cost of defined 
benefit schemes is determined based on actuarial 
valuations that are carried out annually at the balance sheet 
date. Actuarial valuations are dependent on assumptions 
about the future that are made by the Directors on 
the advice of independent qualified actuaries. If actual 
experience differs from these assumptions, there could 
be a material change in the amounts recognised by the 
Group in respect of defined benefit schemes in the next 
financial year.

At 30 June 2015, the present value of defined benefit 
obligations was £137.1 million (2014: £123.0m). It was 
calculated using a number of assumptions, including 
future salary increases, increases to pension benefits and 
mortality rates. The present value of the benefit obligation 
is calculated by discounting the benefit obligation using 
market yields on high-quality corporate bonds at the 
balance sheet date.

At 30 June 2015, the fair value of the scheme assets was 
£105.7 million (2014: £92.6m). The scheme assets consist 
largely of securities and managed funds whose values are 
subject to fluctuation in response to changes in market 
conditions.

Changes in the actuarial assumptions underlying the benefit 
obligation, changes in the discount rate applicable to the 
benefit obligation and effects of differences between the 
expected and actual return on the scheme’s assets are 
classified as actuarial gains and losses and are recognised 
in other comprehensive income. During 2015, the Group 
recognised a net actuarial loss of £2.1 million (2014: £5.2m). 

An analysis of the assumptions that will be used by the 
Directors to determine the cost of the defined benefit 
scheme that will be recognised in profit or loss in the next 
financial year and the sensitivity of the benefit obligation to 
key assumptions is presented in note 23.

(vi) Provisions
Provision is made for liabilities of uncertain timing or 
amount where management considers that the Group has a 
present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that payment will be made to settle the liability and the 
payment can be measured reliably. 

At 30 June 2015, the Group held provisions amounting to 
£8.0 million (2014: £11.4m), which principally represented 
reorganisation and restructuring costs. Adjustment to the 
amounts recognised would arise if it becomes necessary 
to revise the assumptions and estimates on which the 
provisions are based, if circumstances change such that 
contingent liabilities must be recognised or if management 
becomes aware of obligations that are currently unknown. 

(vii) Taxation
The Group operates in a number of tax jurisdictions. The 
Directors are required to exercise significant judgement in 
determining the Group’s provision for income taxes.

Estimation is required of taxable profit in order to 
determine the Group’s current tax liability and judgement 
is required in situations where the Group’s tax position is 
uncertain and may be subject to review and challenge by 
the tax authorities. 

Estimation is also required of temporary differences 
between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and 
their tax base. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for 
all taxable temporary differences but, where there exist 
deductible temporary differences, judgement is required as 
to whether a deferred tax asset should be recognised based 
on the availability of future taxable profits. At 30 June 2015, 
the Group recognised deferred tax assets of £11.1 million 
(2014: £14.1m), including £1.8 million (2014: £2.4m) 
in respect of tax losses and tax credits. Deferred tax 
assets amounting to £8.5 million (2014: £9.9m) were not 
recognised in respect of tax losses and tax credits carried 
forward. It is possible that the deferred tax assets actually 
recoverable may differ from the amounts recognised if 
actual taxable profits differ from estimates.

At 30 June 2015, deferred tax liabilities were not recognised 
on retained profits of foreign subsidiaries because the 
Group is able to control the remittance of those profits to 
the UK and it is probable that they will not be remitted in 
the foreseeable future. Income tax may be payable on those 
profits if circumstances change and their remittance to the 
UK can no longer be controlled by the Group or they are 
actually remitted to the UK.

Use of adjusted measures
Adjusted operating profit and adjusted earnings per 
share exclude specific items that are considered to hinder 
comparison of the trading performance of the Group’s 
businesses either year-on-year or with other businesses and 
are used for internal performance analysis and in relation 
to employee incentive arrangements. The Directors present 
these measures in the financial statements in order to assist 
investors in their assessment of the trading performance of 
the Group. 

During the periods under review, the items excluded from 
operating profit in arriving at adjusted operating profit were 
the amortisation of intangible assets and exceptional items.

Exceptional items are excluded from adjusted operating 
profit because they are not considered to be representative 
of the trading performance of the Group’s businesses 
during the period.

Adjusted earnings per share is based on the Group’s profit 
for the year adjusted for the items excluded from operating 
profit in arriving at adjusted operating profit, the unwinding 
of the discount on contingent consideration arising on 
business combinations, unwind of discount on provisions 
and the tax relating to those items.

‘Adjusted operating profit’ and ’adjusted earnings per 
share’ are not defined under IFRS and, therefore, these 
measures as defined by the Group may not be comparable 
with similarly titled measures used by other companies. 
The Directors do not regard these measures as a substitute 
for, or superior to, the equivalent measures calculated and 
presented in accordance with IFRS.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

79

2. Principal accounting policies
Accounting standards adopted during the year
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those 
of the annual financial statements for the year ended 
30 June 2014, except for:

•	

•	

•	

•	

•	

IFRS 10, ‘Consolidated financial statements’;

IFRS 11, ‘Joint arrangements’;

IFRS 12, ‘Disclosures of interests in other entities’;

IAS 27 (revised 2011), ‘Separate financial statements’;

IAS 28 (revised 2011), ‘Associates and joint ventures’;

•	 Amendments to IAS 32 on financial instruments asset 

and liability offsetting;

•	 Amendment to IAS 36, ‘Impairment of assets’ on 

recoverable amount disclosures;

•	 Amendment to IAS 39, ‘Financial instruments: 
Recognition and measurement’ on novation of 
derivatives and hedge accounting; and 

•	 Annual improvement projects 2012 and 2013.

All of the above changes to accounting policies had no 
financial effect on the consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended 30 June 2015. During the year, management 
have reclassified artwork, design and product testing costs 
from administrative expenses to cost of sales amounting to 
£6.1 million (2014: £4.9m).

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the results, 
cash flows and assets and liabilities of the Company and 
its subsidiaries. Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at 
30 June 2015 are set out on pages 116 to 117.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled, either directly or 
indirectly, by the Company where control is the power to 
govern the financial and operating policies of the entity so 
as to obtain benefits from its activities. Control generally 
exists where the Group owns a shareholding that gives it 
more than one half of the voting rights in the entity.

A non-controlling interest in a subsidiary represents 
the share of the net assets of the subsidiary that are 
attributable to the equity interests in the subsidiary that 
are not owned by the Group. Non-controlling interests are 
presented in the balance sheet within equity, separately 
from equity attributable to owners of the Company. 

In situations where the Group is contractually committed 
to purchase those equity shares in a subsidiary that it does 
not already own, a non-controlling interest in the subsidiary 
is recognised only to the extent that the risks and rewards 
of ownership are considered to remain with the minority 
shareholders.

The Group’s results, cash flows and assets and liabilities 
include those of each of its subsidiaries from the date 
on which the Company obtains control until such time 
as the Company loses control. Intra-Group balances 
and transactions, and any unrealised gains and losses 
arising from intra-Group transactions, are eliminated on 
consolidation. Consistent accounting policies are adopted 
across the Group.

Business combinations
A business combination is a transaction or other event in 
which the Group obtains control of one or more businesses.

Business combinations are accounted for using the 
acquisition method. 

Goodwill arising in a business combination represents the 
excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the 
amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquired 
business and, in a business combination achieved in 
stages, the fair value at the acquisition date of the Group’s 
previously held equity interest, over the net total of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired business 
at the acquisition date. If the identifiable assets and 
liabilities of the acquired business exceed the aggregate 
of the consideration transferred, the amount of any 
non-controlling interest in the business and the fair value at 
the acquisition date of any previously held equity interest, 
the excess is recognised as a gain in profit or loss.

Consideration transferred in a business combination 
represents the sum of the fair values at the acquisition 
date of the assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and 
equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control over the acquired business. 

Acquisition-related costs are charged to profit or loss in the 
period in which they are incurred. 

Changes in the amount of contingent consideration payable 
that result from events after the acquisition date, such as 
meeting a revenue or profit target, are not measurement 
period adjustments and are, therefore, recognised in profit 
or loss. 

Any non-controlling interest in the acquired business is 
measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling 
interest’s proportionate share of the identifiable assets and 
liabilities of the business.

Changes in the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary 
that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for 
within equity. 

If the Group loses control of a subsidiary, it derecognises 
the assets and liabilities and related equity components of 
the subsidiary and measures any investment retained in the 
former subsidiary at its fair value at the date when control 
is lost. Any gain or loss on a loss of control is recognised in 
profit or loss.

Foreign currency translation
At entity level, transactions in foreign currencies are 
translated into the entity’s functional currency at the 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the 
balance sheet date. Currency translation differences arising 
at entity level are recognised in profit or loss.

The Group’s presentation and functional currency is Sterling.

On consolidation, the results of foreign operations are 
translated into Sterling at the average exchange rate for 
the period and their assets and liabilities are translated 
into Sterling at the exchange rate ruling at the balance 
sheet date. Currency translation differences arising on 
consolidation are recognised in other comprehensive 
income and taken to the currency translation reserve.

In the event that a foreign operation is sold, the gain or loss 
on disposal recognised in profit or loss is determined after 
taking into account the cumulative currency translation 
differences arising on consolidation of the operation 
subsequent to the adoption of IFRS.

In the cash flow statement, the cash flows of foreign 
operations are translated into Sterling at the average 
exchange rate for the period.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
80 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

2. Principal accounting policies continued
Revenue
Revenue from the sale of goods is measured at the invoiced 
amount, net of sales rebates, discounts, value added tax 
and other sales taxes. 

Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable for the sale of goods.

Revenue is recognised on the transfer of the risks and 
rewards of ownership, which generally coincides with the 
delivery of the goods to the customer. 

Accruals for sales rebates and discounts are established at 
the time of sale based on management’s best estimate of 
the amounts payable under the contractual arrangements 
with the customer.

Interest income is accrued using the effective interest method.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are items that are material either 
individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate and which, 
due to their nature or the infrequency of the events giving 
rise to them, are presented separately to assist users of the 
financial statements in assessing the trading performance 
of the Group’s businesses either year-on-year or with other 
businesses.

Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the construction 
of a manufacturing or distribution facility are capitalised 
as part of the cost of the facility if, at the outset of 
construction, the facility was expected to take a substantial 
period of time to get ready for its intended use.

Costs attributable to the arrangement of term borrowing 
facilities are amortised over the life of those facilities.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in 
the period in which they are incurred.

Goodwill
Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognised as 
an intangible asset and is allocated to the cash-generating 
unit (CGU) or group of CGUs that are expected to benefit 
from the synergies of the acquisition.

Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment 
annually and whenever there are events or changes in 
circumstances that indicate that its carrying amount may 
not be recoverable. 

Goodwill is carried at cost less any recognised impairment 
losses.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated 
amortisation and any recognised impairment loss.

(i) Assets acquired in business combinations
An intangible resource acquired in a business combination 
is recognised as an intangible asset if it is separable from 
the acquired business or arises from contractual or legal 
rights. An acquired intangible asset with a definite useful 
life is amortised on a straight-line basis so as to charge its 
fair value at the date of acquisition to profit or loss over its 
expected useful life as follows:

Patents, brands and trade marks  — up to three years 
Customer relationships 

— up to five years

(ii) Product development costs
All research expenditure is charged to profit or loss in the 
period in which it is incurred.

Development expenditure is charged to profit or loss in 
the period in which it is incurred, unless it relates to the 
development of a new or significantly improved product 
or process whose technical and commercial feasibility is 
proven at the time of development.

(iii) Computer software
Computer software and software licences are recognised as 
intangible assets measured at cost and are amortised on a 
straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, which are 
in the range three to five years. 

Directly attributable costs that are capitalised as part 
of the computer software product include the software 
development employee costs.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost 
less accumulated depreciation and any recognised 
impairment losses.

Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and 
the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working 
condition for its intended use.

Freehold land and assets under construction are not 
depreciated. Otherwise, property, plant and equipment is 
depreciated on a straight-line basis so as to charge its cost, 
less any residual value, to profit or loss over the expected 
useful life of the asset as follows:

Freehold buildings 
Leasehold building 
Plant and equipment 

— 50 years 
— length of the lease 
— three to ten years

Property, plant and equipment acquired in a business 
combination is depreciated on a straight-line basis so as 
to charge its fair value at the date of acquisition, less any 
residual value, to profit or loss over the remaining expected 
useful life of the asset.

Leased assets
Leases that confer rights and obligations similar to those 
that attach to owned assets are classified as finance leases. 
All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets 
within property, plant and equipment, initially measured 
at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the 
present value of the minimum lease payments, and a 
corresponding liability is recognised. Subsequently, the 
assets are depreciated over the shorter of the expected 
useful life of the asset or term of the lease. At inception of 
the lease, the lease payments are apportioned between 
an interest element and a capital element so as to achieve 
a constant periodic rate of interest on the outstanding 
liability. Thereafter, the interest element is recognised as an 
expense in profit or loss while the capital element is applied 
to reduce the outstanding liability.

Operating lease payments, and any incentives receivable, 
are recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over 
the term of the lease. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

81

Impairment of non‑financial assets
Goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and 
equipment are tested for impairment whenever events or 
circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may 
not be recoverable. Additionally, goodwill is subject to 
an annual impairment test whether or not there are any 
indicators of impairment.

An asset is impaired to the extent that its carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount, which represents the 
higher of the asset’s value in use and its fair value less costs 
to sell. An asset’s value in use represents the present value 
of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the 
continued use of the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is the 
amount obtainable from the sale of the asset in an arm’s 
length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, 
less the costs of disposal.

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable 
amount of an individual asset, the recoverable amount is 
determined for the CGU to which the asset belongs. An 
asset’s CGU is the smallest group of assets that includes 
the asset and generates cash inflows that are largely 
independent of the cash inflows from other assets or 
groups of assets. Goodwill does not generate cash flows 
independently of other assets and is, therefore, tested for 
impairment at the level of the CGU or group of CGUs to 
which it is allocated.

Value in use is based on estimates of pre-tax cash flows 
discounted at a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the risks 
specific to the CGU to which the asset belongs.

Where necessary, impairment of non-financial assets other 
than goodwill is recognised before goodwill is tested for 
impairment. When goodwill is tested for impairment and 
the carrying amount of the CGU or group of CGUs to 
which it is allocated exceeds its recoverable amount, the 
impairment is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount 
of the goodwill and then to the other non-financial assets 
belonging to the CGU or group of CGUs pro-rata on the 
basis of their respective carrying amounts.

Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss. 
Impairment losses recognised in previous periods for assets 
other than goodwill are reversed if there has been a change 
in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable 
amount, but only to the extent that the carrying amount 
of the asset does not exceed its carrying amount had 
no impairment been recognised in previous periods. 
Impairment losses recognised in respect of goodwill 
cannot be reversed.

Assets held for sale
Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if it is 
expected that their carrying amount will be recovered 
by sale rather than through continuing use. For this to be 
the case, the asset must be available for immediate sale 
in its current condition and the sale must be expected to 
be completed within twelve months. An extension of the 
period required to complete the sale does not preclude 
the asset from continuing to be classified as held for sale, 
provided the delay was for reasons beyond the Group’s 
control and management remains committed to its plan to 
sell the asset. 

An asset that is classified as held for sale is measured at the 
lower of its carrying amount when classified as held for sale 
and fair value less costs to sell.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value with due allowance for any excess, obsolete or 
slow-moving items. Cost represents the expenditure 
incurred in bringing each product to its present location 
and condition. The cost of raw materials is measured on a 
first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis. The cost of finished goods 
and work in progress comprises the cost of raw materials, 
direct labour and other direct costs, together with related 
production overheads based on normal operating capacity. 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less 
estimated costs of completion and estimated selling and 
distribution costs. 

Financial instruments
(i) Trade receivables
Trade receivables represent the invoiced amount of 
sales of goods to customers for which payment has not 
been received (fair value), less an allowance for doubtful 
accounts that is estimated based on factors such as the 
period outstanding, the payment history of the customer, 
the current economic environment and other information. 

(ii) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, deposits 
available on demand and other short-term, highly liquid 
investments with a maturity on acquisition of three months 
or less and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are presented 
as current liabilities to the extent that there is no right of 
offset with cash balances.

For cash flow purposes, cash and cash equivalents include 
bank overdrafts where right of set off exists.

(iii) Trade payables
Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently held at amortised cost.

(iv) Bank and other loans
Bank and other loans are initially recognised at fair value, 
net of directly attributable transaction costs, if any, and 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method. 

(v) Derivative financial instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments, principally 
forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps, to 
reduce its exposure to exchange rate and interest rate 
movements. The Group does not hold or issue derivatives 
for speculative purposes.

Derivative financial instruments are recognised as assets 
and liabilities measured at their fair values at the balance 
sheet date. Changes in their fair values are recognised in 
profit or loss. Derivative financial instruments are, therefore, 
likely to cause volatility in profit or loss in situations 
where the hedged item is not recognised in the financial 
statements or is recognised but its carrying amount is 
not adjusted to reflect fair value changes arising from 
the hedged risk, or is so adjusted but that adjustment is 
not recognised in profit or loss. Provided the conditions 
specified by IAS 39, ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement’ are met, hedge accounting may be used to 
mitigate this volatility in profit or loss.

Derivative financial instruments are classified as current 
assets or liabilities unless they are in a designated 
hedging relationship and the hedge item is classified as a 
non-current asset or liability.

Derivative financial instruments that are not in a designated 
hedging relationship are classified as held for trading. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
82

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

2. Principal accounting policies continued
Financial instruments continued
(vi) Offsetting financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount 
reported in the balance sheet where there is a legally 
enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts, and 
there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the 
asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Hedge accounting
For a hedging relationship to qualify for hedge accounting, 
it must be documented on inception together with the 
Group’s risk management objective and strategy for 
initiating the hedge, and it must both be expected to be 
highly effective in offsetting the changes in cash flows or 
fair value attributed to the hedged risk and actually be 
highly effective in doing so.

When hedge accounting is used, the hedging relationship is 
classified as a cash flow hedge, a net investment hedge or a 
fair value hedge.

(i) Cash flow hedge
Hedging relationships are classified as cash flow hedges 
where the hedging instrument hedges exposure to 
variability in cash flows that is attributable either to a 
particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability 
(such as interest payments on variable rate debt), a highly 
probable forecast transaction (such as forecast revenue) or 
a firm commitment that could affect profit or loss.

Where a hedging relationship is classified as a cash flow 
hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, the change 
in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognised in 
other comprehensive income rather than in profit or loss. 
When the hedged item affects profit or loss (for example, 
when a forecast sale that is hedged takes place), the 
cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive 
income is transferred to profit or loss. When a forecast 
transaction that has been hedged results in the recognition 
of a non-financial asset (for example, inventory), the 
cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive 
income is transferred from equity as an adjustment to the 
cost of the asset.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a 
hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, 
any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time 
remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast 
transaction is ultimately recognised in the income statement. 
When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, 
the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is 
immediately transferred to the income statement.

(ii) Net investment hedge
A net investment hedge is the hedge of the currency 
exposure on the retranslation of the Group’s net investment 
in a foreign operation. 

Net investment hedges are accounted for similarly to cash 
flow hedges. Changes in the fair value of the hedging 
instrument are, to the extent that the hedge is effective, 
recognised in other comprehensive income.

In the event that the foreign operation is disposed of, the 
cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive 
income is transferred to profit or loss and included in the 
gain or loss on disposal of the foreign operation.

(iii) Fair value hedge
Hedging relationships are classified as fair value hedges where 
the hedging instrument hedges the exposure to changes in 
fair value of a recognised asset or liability that is attributable 
to a particular risk and could affect profit or loss.

Where the hedging relationship is classified as a fair value 
hedge, the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability 
is adjusted by the change in its fair value attributable to 
the hedged risk and the resulting gain or loss is recognised 
in profit or loss where, to the extent that the hedge is 
effective, it offsets the change in the fair value of the 
hedging instrument.

Pensions and other post‑employment benefits
Post-employment benefits principally comprise pension 
benefits provided to employees in the UK and Continental 
Europe. The Group operates both defined benefit and 
defined contribution pension schemes.

(i) Defined contribution schemes
Under a defined contribution pension scheme, the Group 
makes fixed contributions to a separate pension fund. 
The amount of pension that the employee will receive 
on retirement is dependent entirely on the investment 
performance of the fund and the Group has no obligation 
with regard to the future pension values received by 
employees. 

Payments to defined contribution schemes are recognised 
in profit or loss in the period in which they fall due.

(ii) Defined benefit schemes
Under a defined benefit pension scheme, the amount of 
pension that an employee will receive on retirement is 
fixed based on factors such as pensionable salary, years of 
service and age on retirement. In most cases, the schemes 
are funded by contributions from the Group and the 
participating employees. The Group is obliged to make 
additional contributions if the fund has insufficient assets 
to meet its obligation to pay accrued pension benefits. 

Actuarial valuations of the defined benefit schemes 
are carried out annually at the balance sheet date by 
independent qualified actuaries. Scheme assets are 
measured at their fair value at the balance sheet date. 
Benefit obligations are measured on an actuarial basis 
using the projected unit credit method and are discounted 
using the market yields on high quality corporate bonds at 
the balance sheet date. The defined benefit liability or asset 
recognised in the balance sheet comprises the difference 
between the present value of the benefit obligations and 
the fair value of the scheme assets. Where a scheme is in 
surplus, the asset recognised is limited to the present value 
of any amounts that the Group expects to recover by way 
of refunds or a reduction in future contributions. 

Defined benefit schemes are recognised in profit or loss 
by way of the service cost and the net interest cost on the 
benefit obligation. The service cost represents the increase 
in the present value of the benefit obligation relating to 
additional years of service accrued during the period, less 
employee contributions.

Gains or losses on curtailments or settlements are 
recognised in profit or loss in the period in which the 
curtailment or settlement occurs.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in other 
comprehensive income in the period in which they occur.

Share‑based payments
The Group operates share schemes under which it grants 
equity-settled and cash-settled awards over ordinary 
shares in the Company to certain of its employees. The 
Group recognises a compensation expense that is based 
on the fair value of the awards measured using the 
Black-Scholes option pricing formula or the Monte Carlo 
valuation model. 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

83

For equity-settled awards, the fair value reflects market 
performance conditions and all non-vesting conditions. 
Fair value is determined at the grant date and is not 
subsequently remeasured unless the relevant conditions 
are modified. Adjustments are made to the compensation 
expense to reflect actual and expected forfeitures due 
to failure to satisfy service conditions or non-market 
performance conditions. For cash-settled awards, the 
fair value reflects all the conditions on which the award 
is made and is remeasured at each reporting date and at 
the settlement date. 

Generally, the compensation expense is recognised 
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For 
equity-settled awards a corresponding credit is recognised 
in equity while for cash-settled awards a corresponding 
liability to settle is recognised in the balance sheet. 

In the event of the cancellation of an equity-settled award, 
whether by the Group or by a participating employee, the 
compensation expense that would have been recognised 
over the remainder of the vesting period is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss.

Provisions
A provision is a liability of uncertain timing or amount 
and is generally recognised when the Group has a present 
obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, 
it is probable that a payment will be required to settle the 
obligation and the payment can be estimated reliably. 

Provision is made for restructuring costs when a detailed 
formal plan for the restructuring has been determined 
and the plan has been communicated to the parties 
that may be affected by it. Gains from the expected 
disposal of assets are not taken into account in measuring 
restructuring provisions and provision is not made for 
future operating losses.

Provisions are discounted where the effect of the time value 
of money is material.

Taxation
Current tax is the amount of tax payable or recoverable in 
respect of the taxable profit or loss for the period. Taxable 
profit differs from accounting profit because it excludes 
income or expenses that are recognised in the period for 
accounting purposes but are either not taxable or not 
deductible for tax purposes or are taxable or deductible 
in earlier or subsequent periods. Current tax is calculated 
using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is tax expected to be payable or recoverable 
on differences between the carrying amount of an asset or 
liability and its tax base used in calculating taxable profit. 
Deferred tax is accounted for using the liability method, 
whereby deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for 
all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profits will be available in the foreseeable future against 
which the deductible temporary differences may be utilised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of 
goodwill or from the initial recognition of other assets and 
liabilities in a transaction other than a business combination 
that affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising 
on investments in foreign subsidiaries, except where the 
Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary 
difference and it is probable that it will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. 

Deferred tax is calculated using the enacted or 
substantively enacted tax rates that are expected to apply 
when the asset is recovered or the liability is settled. 

Current tax assets and liabilities are offset when there 
is a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and 
management intends to settle on a net basis. Deferred 
tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally 
enforceable right to set off current tax assets and liabilities 
and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income 
taxes levied by the same taxation authority on the same 
taxable entity.

Current tax and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss 
unless it relates to an item that is recognised in the same 
or a different period outside profit or loss, in which case 
it too is recognised outside profit or loss, either in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity.

Payments to shareholders
Subject to shareholder approval at each annual general 
meeting (AGM), it is the Company’s intention that, for 
the foreseeable future, all payments to shareholders will 
be made by the issue of non-cumulative redeemable 
preference shares (B Shares). B Shares issued but not 
redeemed are classified as current liabilities. 

Own shares
Own shares represent the Company’s ordinary shares that 
are held by the Company in treasury or by a sponsored 
ESOP trust in relation to the Group’s employee share 
schemes. When own shares are acquired, the cost of 
purchase in the market is deducted from equity. Gains or 
losses on the subsequent transfer or sale of own shares are 
also recognised in equity.

Accounting standards issued but not yet adopted
Recently issued accounting standards that are relevant to the 
Group but have not yet been adopted are outlined below: 

•	 Amendments to IAS 16, ‘Property, plant and equipment’ 

and IAS 38, ‘Intangible assets’ on depreciation and 
amortisation;

•	 Amendments to IAS 27, ‘Separate financial statements’ 

on the equity method;

•	 Amendments to IFRS 10, ‘Consolidated financial 

statements’ and IAS 28, ‘Investments in associates and 
joint ventures’;

•	 Annual improvements 2014;
•	 Amendments to IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial 

statements’ on the disclosure initiative;
IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’; and
IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’.

•	
•	

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
84

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

3. Acquisitions
Acquisitions in prior years
Contingent consideration is payable by the Group in relation to a prior year acquisition.

At each reporting date, the Directors estimate the contingent consideration payable in relation to the 70% interest 
acquired and the liability to acquire the remaining 30% interest. 

Movements in the contingent consideration liability which is payable between two and five years were as follows:

At 1 July 

Charged to profit or loss: 

  Change in estimate (see note 5) 

  Unwind of discount (see note 9) 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 

2015 
£m 

0.4 

— 

 0.1 

(0.1)  

0.4 

2014 
£m

5.6

(4.7)

 0.2

(0.7)

 0.4

4. Segment information
Background
Financial information is presented to the Board on a geographical basis for the purposes of allocating resources within 
the Group and assessing the performance of the Group’s businesses. Accordingly, the Group’s operating segments are 
determined on a geographical basis.

The Board uses adjusted operating profit to measure the profitability of the Group’s businesses. Adjusted operating profit 
is, therefore, the measure of segment profit presented in the Group’s segment disclosures. Adjusted operating profit 
represents operating profit before specific items that are considered to hinder comparison of the trading performance 
of the Group’s businesses either year-on-year or with other businesses. During the periods under review, the items 
excluded from operating profit in arriving at adjusted operating profit were the amortisation of intangible assets and 
exceptional items.

Analysis by reportable segment

2015 

Segment revenue   

Adjusted operating profit 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional items (see note 5) 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Net finance costs 

Profit before taxation 

Segment assets  

Segment liabilities(1) 

Assets held for sale 

Capital expenditure(2) 

Amortisation and depreciation 

  Western 
Europe 
£m 

UK 
£m 

Rest of 
the World 
£m 

Total 

segments  Corporate 
£m 

£m 

Total 
Group 
£m

246.5 

396.2 

61.5 

704.2 

— 

704.2

14.0 

(0.8) 

(2.1) 

11.1 

17.9 

— 

(13.4) 

4.5 

2.2 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

1.8 

34.1 

(1.0) 

(15.7) 

17.4 

(5.6) 

— 

(2.1) 

(7.7) 

28.5

(1.0)

(17.8)

9.7

(7.1)

2.6

156.7 

195.7 

35.0 

387.4 

9.0 

396.4

(115.2) 

(131.0) 

(16.7) 

(262.9) 

(76.0) 

(338.9)

— 

11.1 

8.0 

1.1 

7.0 

10.9 

— 

3.0 

1.7 

1.1 

21.1 

20.6 

— 

— 

— 

1.1

21.1

20.6

(1)  Corporate liabilities include external debt and tax liabilities.
(2) Capital expenditure includes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

85

  Western 
Europe 
£m 

UK 
£m 

Rest of 
the World 
£m 

Total 

segments  Corporate 
£m 

£m 

Total 
Group 
£m

259.0 

419.5 

65.7 

744.2 

— 

744.2

4.2 

(1.2) 

(27.6) 

(24.6) 

19.8 

— 

(3.8) 

16.0 

4.2 

(0.2) 

(0.6) 

3.4 

28.2 

(1.4) 

(32.0) 

(5.2) 

(6.2) 

22.0

— 

(2.5) 

(8.7) 

(1.4)

(34.5)

(13.9)

(7.4)

(21.3)

162.1 

229.4 

35.7 

427.2 

2.9 

430.1

(120.1) 

(145.4) 

(14.2) 

(279.7) 

(81.8) 

(361.5)

— 

6.7 

9.6 

1.2 

6.8 

13.6 

— 

6.0 

1.7 

1.2 

19.5 

24.9 

— 

— 

— 

1.2

19.5

24.9

2014 

Segment revenue   

Adjusted operating profit 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional items (see note 5) 

Operating (loss)/profit 

Net finance costs 

Loss before taxation 

Segment assets  

Segment liabilities(1) 

Assets held for sale 

Capital expenditure(2) 

Amortisation and depreciation 

(1)  Corporate liabilities include external debt and tax liabilities.
(2) Capital expenditure includes property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

Geographical information
Revenue from external customers by country of destination was as follows:

UK 

Western Europe 

Rest of the World   

Total revenue 

Non-current assets (excluding deferred tax assets) by geographical location were as follows:

UK 

Western Europe 

Rest of the World   

Total non‑current assets 

Revenue by major customer
In 2015 and 2014, no individual customer provided more than 10% of the Group’s revenue.

2015 
£m 

244.7 

396.1 

63.4 

704.2 

2015 
£m 

82.3 

64.0 

13.6 

2014 
£m

239.2

420.1

84.9

744.2

2014 
£m

64.5

90.7

15.0

159.9 

170.2

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

5. Exceptional items
Analysis of exceptional items

Reorganisation and restructuring costs:  

– Functional reorganisation 

– UK restructuring   

– Group reorganisation  

Impairment of long‑lived assets, property, plant and equipment and inventory: 

– Brno, Czech Republic 

– Head office 

– UK restructuring   

– Western Europe   

– Rest of the World 

Environmental remediation 

Classification, Labelling and Packaging (CLP) 

Change in contingent consideration (note 3) 

Total charged to operating profit 

2015 
£m 

0.4 

0.8 

3.1 

4.3 

— 

— 

— 

9.7 

0.1 

9.8 

— 

3.7 

— 

17.8 

2014 
£m

2.6

7.9

—

10.5

4.9

0.4

20.7

—

—

26.0

2.5

0.2

(4.7)

34.5

During 2015, the Group recognised further functional reorganisation and UK restructuring exceptional costs of £0.4 million 
(2014: £2.6m) and £0.8 million (2014: £7.9m) respectively in relation to redundancies and consultancy costs.

Also during the year, the Group recognised costs with regards to a Group reorganisation of £3.1 million in relation to 
redundancies and consultancy costs.

Following a detailed review by new management, the Group has recognised impairments as follows:

•	 goodwill of £5.6 million allocated to its Italian Household liquids business (note 13); and

•	 fixed assets of £4.2 million in relation to its French and Chinese Aircare businesses (note 15).

Further exceptional costs were incurred with regards to CLP of £3.7 million (2014: £0.2m) in relation to incremental staff, 
artwork and packaging costs. 

In the prior year, the following costs were charged:

•	 £21.1 million in relation to Impairment of long-lived assets, property, plant and equipment and inventory within the UK 

and Head office;

•	 £2.5 million in relation to a long-term environmental remediation plan at a site in Belgium; and

•	 £4.9 million impairment charge on property, plant and equipment in relation to its Skincare business at Brno, Czech 

Republic, which was materially offset by the change in contingent consideration payable on the Dermacol acquisition of 
£4.7 million.

6. Employee information
The monthly average number of persons employed by the Group (including Directors) during the year, analysed by 
category, was as follows:

Manufacturing 

Sales, general and administration 

Total 

Aggregate payroll costs were as follows:

Wages and salaries  

Social security costs 

Other pension costs 

Total 

2015 
Number 

4,078 

669 

2014 
Number

4,113

713

4,747 

4,826

2015 
£m 

112.0 

23.5 

3.3 

138.8  

2014 
£m

119.0

25.2

3.5

147.7

Pension costs comprise the current service cost for defined benefit schemes and payments made by the Group to defined 
contribution schemes (see note 23).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

87

7. Auditors’ remuneration
Fees payable by the Group to the Company’s auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), and its associates, were 
as follows:

Audit fees: 

Audit of the Company’s accounts 

Other services: 

Audit of the accounts of the Company’s subsidiaries 

Total fees 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

0.1 

0.1

0.3 

0.4 

0.3

0.4

Fees for the audit of the Company’s accounts represent fees payable to PwC in respect of the audit of the Company’s 
individual financial statements and the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Non-audit fees payable to PwC in 
relation to other advisory services amounted to £10k (2014: £28k).

8. Operating profit/(loss)
Operating profit/(loss) is stated after charging/(crediting):

Cost of inventories (included in cost of sales) 

Employee costs (see note 6)   

Amortisation of intangible assets (see note 14) 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (see note 15)  

Impairment: 

  Goodwill (see note 13) 

  Property, plant and equipment (see note 15) 

Inventories (see note 16) 

  Trade receivables (see note 17) 

Rentals payable under operating leases  

Research and development costs not capitalised 

Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)  

9. Finance costs

Finance costs 

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts 

Loss on interest rate swaps transferred to profit or loss 

Interest differentials on net investment hedges 

Unwind of discount on contingent consideration (see note 3) 

Unwind of discount on provisions (see note 25) 

Net foreign exchange gains 

Amortisation of facility fees 

Non-utilisation fees 

Finance lease interest 

Premium on average rate options 

Post-employment benefits: 

  Net interest cost on defined benefit obligation (see note 23) 

Total finance costs  

2015 
£m 

415.5 

138.8 

1.0 

19.6 

5.6 

4.2 

1.5 

0.5 

4.4 

6.5 

0.8 

2014 
£m

485.3

147.7

1.4

23.5

6.4

17.8

1.8

1.4

5.0

9.3

(0.3)

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

3.8 

0.7 

0.3 

0.1 

0.2 

(0.6) 

0.3 

0.4 

0.1 

0.5 

5.8 

1.3 

7.1 

3.6

0.4

0.3

0.2

—

—

0.7

0.6

0.1

0.4

6.3

1.1

7.4

Interest rate swaps are used to manage the interest rate profile of the Group’s borrowings. Accordingly, net interest 
payable or receivable on interest rate swaps is included in finance costs.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

10. Taxation
Income tax expense

Current tax expense: 

Current year 

Adjustment for prior years 

Deferred tax expense: 

Origination and reversal of temporary differences   

Adjustment for prior years 

Impact of change in tax rate   

Income tax expense/(credit)  

2015 

2014

UK  Overseas 
£m 
£m 

Total 
£m 

UK  Overseas  
£m 
£m 

Total 
£m

— 

— 

— 

0.7 

0.7 

— 

1.4 

1.4 

4.9 

(0.2) 

4.7 

(2.7) 

(0.3) 

0.2 

(2.8) 

1.9 

4.9 

(0.2) 

4.7 

(2.0) 

0.4 

0.2 

(1.4) 

3.3 

— 

— 

— 

(8.0) 

(0.5) 

— 

(8.5) 

(8.5) 

6.4 

0.1 

6.5 

(0.2) 

0.2 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

6.3 

6.4

0.1

6.5

(8.2)

(0.3)

(0.2)

(8.7)

(2.2)

Reconciliation to UK statutory tax rate
The total tax charge/(credit) on the Group’s profit/(loss) before tax for the year differs from the theoretical amount that 
would be charged at the UK standard rate of corporation tax for the following reasons:

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Profit/(loss) before tax multiplied by the UK corporation tax rate of 20.75% (2014: 22.5%) 

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions 

Non-deductible expenses 

Tax incentives/non-taxable income 

Tax losses for which no deferred tax recognised 

Change in tax rate   

Other differences 

Adjustment for prior years 

Total tax expense/(credit) in profit or loss 

2015 
£m 

2.6 

0.5 

0.6 

1.9 

(0.8) 

0.1 

0.2 

0.6 

0.2 

3.3 

2014 
£m

(21.3)

(4.8)

1.6

0.5

(1.0)

1.2

(0.2)

0.8

(0.3)

(2.2)

Taxation is provided at current rates on the profits earned for the year. 

To the extent that dividends remitted from overseas affiliates are expected to result in additional taxes, these amounts 
have been provided for. No deferred tax has been recognised in respect of timing differences associated with the 
unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries as these are considered permanently employed in the business of these 
companies. Unremitted earnings may be liable to overseas taxes and/or UK taxation (after allowing for double tax relief) if 
distributed as dividends. The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and 
associates for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised totalled approximately £4.1 million at 30 June 2015 
(2014: £4.1m).

The main rate of UK corporation tax was reduced from 23% to 21% with effect from 1 April 2014 and to 20% from 
1 April 2015. The Group’s effective UK corporation tax rate for the year was, therefore, 20.75% (2014: 22.5%).

Factors affecting future tax charges
The Finance Bill 2015 which was published on 14 July 2015 includes legislation reducing the main rate of UK corporation 
tax from 20% to 19% with effect from 1 April 2017, with a further reduction to 18% with effect from 1 April 2020. As these 
reductions have not been substantially enacted at the balance sheet date, they are not reflected in the deferred tax 
recognised on the balance sheet.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

89

Tax on items recognised in other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss: 

Gain/(loss) on cash flow hedges in the year 

Gain on net investment hedges 

Items that will not be transferred to profit or loss:   

Net actuarial loss on post-employment benefits: 

  Deferred tax 

Total tax charge/(credit) in other comprehensive income 

Deferred tax
The movement in the net deferred tax balances during the year was:

  Accelerated 
tax  
 depreciation 
£m 

Intangible 

Share- 
based 
assets  payments 
£m 

£m 

Tax 

  Retirement 
benefit  
losses  obligations 
£m 

£m 

At 30 June 2013 

Credit/(charge) to profit or loss  

(13.0) 

(3.5) 

5.3 

1.4 

Credit/(charge) to other  
comprehensive income 

Charge to equity 

Effect of the change in tax rate 

Exchange movements 

At 30 June 2014 

Credit/(charge) to profit or loss  

Charge to other comprehensive income  

Charge to equity 

Effect of the change in tax rate 

Exchange movements 

At 30 June 2015 

— 

— 

(0.2) 

0.8 

(7.1) 

2.0 

— 

— 

(0.1) 

1.0 

(4.2) 

— 

— 

0.4 

(0.1) 

(1.8) 

(0.2) 

— 

— 

— 

(0.1) 

(2.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

—  

—  

— 

— 

— 

— 

—  

—  

— 

2.2 

0.4 

— 

— 

—  

(0.2) 

2.4 

(0.3) 

— 

— 

(0.1)  

(0.2) 

1.8 

5.6 

(0.2) 

0.1 

— 

0.3 

—  

5.8 

(0.2) 

0.4 

— 

— 

—  

6.0 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented in the Group’s balance sheet as follows:

Deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Total 

2015 
£m 

0.7 

2.3 

3.0 

2014 
£m

(0.5)

—

(0.5)

(0.4) 

2.6 

(0.1)

(0.6)

Other 
£m 

1.3 

1.6 

0.5 

— 

(0.3)  

— 

3.1 

0.3 

Total 
£m

(3.3)

8.5

0.6

—

0.2

0.5

6.5

1.6

(3.0) 

(2.6)

— 

— 

(0.1) 

0.3 

2015 
£m 

11.1 

(5.2) 

5.9 

—

(0.2)

0.6

5.9

2014 
£m

14.1

(7.6)

6.5

Surplus 
ACT 
£m 

4.1 

— 

— 

— 

—  

—  

4.1 

— 

— 

— 

—  

—  

4.1 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets
At 30 June 2015, the Group had unused tax losses of £14.7 million (2014: £17.9m) available for offset against future 
profits. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of £8.5 million (2014: £9.9m) of these losses due to the 
unpredictability of future profit streams. The majority of these tax losses arise in tax jurisdictions where they do not expire. 
However, tax losses of £1.7 million expire between now and 2019. 

No deferred tax asset has been recognised in relation to the remaining surplus ACT of £2.9 million (2014: £2.9m) due to 
uncertainty as to future ACT capacity.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

11. Earnings per ordinary share
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company 
by the weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary shares in issue during the financial year. The weighted 
average number of the Company’s ordinary shares in issue excludes 0.6 million shares (2014: 0.6 million shares), being the 
weighted average number of own shares held during the year in relation to employee share schemes.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (million) 

Effect of dilutive LTIP awards (million) 

  Reference 

a 

2015 

182.2 

0.2 

2014

182.2

—

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for calculating diluted earnings per share (million) 

b 

182.4 

182.2

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue assuming 
the conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares.

During the year, the Company had equity-settled LTIP awards with a nil exercise price that are potentially dilutive 
ordinary shares.

Adjusted earnings per share measures are calculated based on profit for the year attributable to owners of the Company 
before adjusting items as follows:

Earnings for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted for: 

Amortisation of intangible assets (see note 14) 

Exceptional items (see note 5) 

Unwind of discount on contingent consideration (see note 3) 

Unwind of discount on provisions (see note 25) 

Taxation relating to the above items 

Earnings for calculating adjusted earnings per share  

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted basic earnings per share 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

  Reference 

c 

d 

c/a 

c/b 

d/a 

d/b 

2015 
£m 

(0.7) 

1.0 

17.8 

0.1 

0.2 

(3.2) 

15.2 

2015 
pence 

(0.4) 

(0.4) 

8.3 

8.3 

2014 
£m

(19.1)

1.4

34.5 

 0.2

—

(7.3)

9.7

2014 
pence

(10.5)

(10.5)

5.3

5.3 

12. Payments to shareholders
Payments to ordinary shareholders are made by way of the issue of B Shares in place of income distributions. Ordinary 
shareholders are able to redeem any number of the B Shares issued to them for cash. Any B Shares that they retain attract 
a dividend of 75% of LIBOR on the 0.1 pence nominal value of each share, paid on a twice-yearly basis.

Payments to ordinary shareholders made or proposed in respect of the year were as follows:

Interim  

Final 

Total for the year 

2015 

2014

Pence 
  per share 

1.7 

1.9 

3.6 

Pence 
per share 

1.7 

3.3 

5.0 

£m 

3.1 

3.5 

6.6 

£m

3.1

6.0

9.1

The proposed final payment in respect of 2015 of 1.9 pence per ordinary share is subject to approval by shareholders at the 
Company’s 2015 AGM and has therefore not been recognised in these financial statements.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

91

Movements in the number of B Shares outstanding were as follows:

Issued and fully paid 

At 1 July  

Issued  

Redeemed 

At 30 June 

2015 

Number 

Nominal 
value 
£m 

2014

Number 

Nominal 
value 
£m

578,450,919 

9,110,465,450 

 (8,719,909,174) 

969,007,195 

0.6 

9.1 

(8.7) 

1.0 

394,892,632 

9,110,465,450 

(8,926,907,163) 

578,450,919 

0.4

9.1

(8.9)

0.6

B Shares carry no rights to attend, speak or vote at Company meetings, except on a resolution relating to the winding up 
of the Company.

13. Goodwill

Carrying amount 

At 1 July 

Impairment recognised in the year 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 

Goodwill is allocated to CGUs as follows:

UK 

  Household liquids 

  Powders 

Western Europe 

Italy 

Rest of the World   

At 30 June 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

23.9 

(5.6) 

(0.6) 

17.7 

30.8

(6.4)

(0.5)

23.9

2015 
£m 

14.8 

1.2 

16.0 

— 

1.7 

17.7 

2014 
£m

14.8

1.2

16.0

6.3

1.6

 23.9

Impairment tests carried out during the year
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually at the level of the CGUs to which it is allocated. In each of the tests carried out 
during 2015, the recoverable amount of the CGUs concerned was measured on a value in use basis.

Value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows that are expected to be generated by the CGU to 
which the goodwill is allocated. Management based its cash flow estimates on the Group’s budget for the 2016 financial 
year. Cash flows in the following four years were forecast by applying assumptions to budget sales, production costs 
and overheads. Aggregate cash flows beyond the fifth year were estimated by applying a perpetuity growth rate to the 
forecast cash flow in the fifth year that was based on long-term growth rates for the CGU’s products in its end markets.

Management estimates sales growth for each CGU based on forecasts of the future volume of the end markets for the 
CGU’s products. CGUs to which significant goodwill is allocated supply the Powder market in the UK and the Household 
liquids markets in the UK and Italy. The UK Household liquids market is forecast to be flat. Overall in Italy, the market is 
forecast to be in decline by 6%. 

Management estimates the cost of material inputs and other direct and indirect costs based on current prices and 
market expectations of future price changes. Beyond the budget period, unless there are reasons to suggest otherwise, 
management assumes that future changes in material input prices are reflected in the price of the Group’s products. 
General cost inflation is based on market expectations of future inflation rates.

Discount rates applied to the cash flow projections were determined using a capital asset pricing model and reflected 
current market interest rates, relevant equity and size risk premiums and the risks specific to the CGU concerned. Pre-tax 
discount rates used in calculating the value in use of those CGUs to which significant amounts of goodwill are allocated 
were as follows: UK Household liquids 11% (2014: 10%); UK Powders 11% (2014: 10%); and the Italian business 13.1% 
(2014: 13.2%).

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

13. Goodwill continued
Impairment recognised in the year
During the year, an impairment of £5.6 million was recognised in relation to the Italian Household liquid business.

During 2014, an impairment of £6.4 million was recognised which represented the entire goodwill allocated to the UK 
Aircare business.

Possibility of impairment in the near future
No material impairments were noted by management from sensitivity analysis performed.

14. Other intangible assets

Cost 

At 30 June 2013 

Additions 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2014 

Additions 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2015 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment 

At 30 June 2013 

Charge for the year 

At 30 June 2014 

Charge for the year 

At 30 June 2015 

Net book value 

At 30 June 2015 

At 30 June 2014 

Patents,  

  brands and  Computer  Customer 
software  relationships 
  trade marks 
£m 
£m 

£m 

Other 
£m 

Total 
£m

2.0 

— 

— 

2.0 

— 

— 

2.0 

(1.5) 

(0.4) 

(1.9) 

(0.1) 

(2.0) 

3.3 

0.6 

— 

3.9 

0.7 

(0.1) 

4.5 

(1.2) 

(0.6) 

(1.8) 

(0.7) 

(2.5) 

8.6 

— 

(0.1) 

8.5 

— 

— 

8.5 

(8.2) 

(0.2) 

(8.4) 

(0.1) 

(8.5) 

 0.5  

— 

— 

 0.5  

— 

— 

0.5 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

(0.4) 

(0.1) 

(0.5) 

14.4

0.6

(0.1)

14.9

0.7

(0.1)

15.5

(11.1)

(1.4)

(12.5)

(1.0)

(13.5)

— 

0.1 

2.0 

2.1 

— 

0.1 

— 

0.1 

2.0

2.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

93

  Payments 
  on account 
  and assets  
in the  
course of 
Land and  Plant and 
buildings  equipment  construction 
£m 

£m 

£m 

105.9 

408.7 

0.5 

(0.4) 

— 

11.3 

(0.7) 

8.4 

(5.1) 

(13.8) 

100.9 

413.9 

0.5 

(0.3) 

— 

8.4 

(1.8) 

11.6 

4.4 

7.1 

(0.4) 

(8.4) 

— 

2.7 

11.5 

— 

(11.6) 

Total 
£m

519.0

18.9

(1.5)

—

(18.9)

517.5

20.4

(2.1)

—

(8.5) 

(23.6) 

(0.1) 

(32.2)

92.6 

408.5 

2.5 

503.6

(35.3) 

(310.1) 

(2.3) 

(4.9) 

0.3 

1.5 

(21.2) 

(12.9) 

0.7 

10.1 

(40.7) 

(333.4) 

(2.1) 

(2.5) 

0.2 

2.6 

(17.5) 

(1.7) 

1.9 

19.4 

(42.5) 

(331.3) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(345.4)

(23.5)

(17.8)

1.0

11.6

(374.1)

(19.6)

(4.2)

2.1

22.0

(373.8)

50.1 

60.2 

77.2 

80.5 

2.5 

2.7 

129.8

143.4

15. Property, plant and equipment

Cost 

At 30 June 2013 

Additions 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2014 

Additions 

Disposals 

Transfers 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2015 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

At 30 June 2013 

Charge for the year 

Impairment recognised in the year 

Disposals 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2014 

Charge for the year 

Impairment recognised in the year 

Disposals 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2015 

Net book value 

At 30 June 2015 

At 30 June 2014 

At 30 June 2015, land and buildings with a carrying amount of £2.6 million (2014: £2.4m) were secured in relation to bank 
and other loans.

Net book value of assets held under finance leases amounted to £2.4 million (2014: £3.4m).

16. Inventories

Raw materials, packaging and consumables 

Finished goods and goods for resale 

Total 

2015 
£m 

37.2 

29.6 

66.8 

2014 
£m

37.3

29.3

66.6

Inventories are stated net of an allowance of £4.7 million (2014: £4.3m) in respect of excess, obsolete or slow-moving 
items. Movements in the allowance were as follows:

At 1 July 

Utilisation 

Charged to profit or loss  

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 

£m 

(4.3) 

0.8 

(1.5) 

0.3 

(4.7) 

£m

(5.2)

2.9

(1.8)

(0.2)

(4.3)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

17. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables 

Other receivables   

Prepayments and accrued income 

Total  

2015 
£m 

121.9 

4.0 

6.6 

2014 
£m

133.8

4.4

4.3

132.5 

142.5

Trade receivables amounting to £30.0 million (2014: £32.3m) are secured under the invoice discounting facilities described 
in note 21.

Trade receivables are regularly reviewed for bad and doubtful debts. Bad debts are written off and an allowance is 
established for specific doubtful debts.

Trade receivables may be analysed as follows:

Amounts neither past due nor impaired  

Amounts past due but not impaired: 

Less than one month  

Between one and three months 

Between three and six months 

Over six months 

Amounts impaired:  

Total amounts that have been impaired   

Allowance for doubtful debts  

Total trade receivables 

Movements in the allowance for doubtful debts were as follows:

At 1 July 

Charged to profit or loss 

Utilisation 

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 

Trade receivables are generally not interest-bearing. 

2015 
£m 

117.0 

2014 
£m

130.6

4.0 

0.5 

0.2 

0.2 

4.9 

1.2 

(1.2) 

— 

0.9

1.2

0.3

0.8

3.2

1.8

(1.8)

—

121.9 

133.8

2015 
£m 

1.8 

0.5 

(0.9) 

(0.2) 

1.2 

2014 
£m

1.7

1.4

(1.2)

(0.1)

1.8

18. Assets held for sale
At 30 June 2015, assets held for sale amounting to £1.1 million (2014: £1.2m) comprised freehold land and buildings at the 
Group’s former manufacturing site in Italy.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

95

19. Trade and other payables

Current liabilities 

Trade payables 

Taxation and social security    

Other payables 

Accrued expenses   

Deferred income 

B Shares (see note 12) 

Non‑current liabilities 

Contingent consideration (see note 3) 

Total  

Trade payables are generally not interest-bearing.

20. Borrowings
Borrowings may be analysed as follows:

Overdrafts 

Bank and other loans: 

  Unsecured loans(1) 

  Secured loans 

Invoice discounting facilities (see note 21) 

Finance lease liabilities 

Total 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

129.2 

136.0

11.4 

12.0 

17.8 

1.2 

1.0 

16.9

12.5

12.0

2.2

0.6

172.6 

180.2

0.4 

0.4

173.0 

180.6

2015 

2014

Current  Non‑current 
liabilities 
£m 

liabilities 
£m 

Total 
liabilities 
£m 

Current  Non-current 
liabilities  
£m 

liabilities 
£m 

Total 
liabilities 
£m

4.7 

— 

4.7 

0.4 

— 

0.4

— 

0.2 

30.0 

30.2 

0.2 

35.1 

78.5 

1.7 

— 

80.2 

0.4 

80.6 

78.5 

1.9 

30.0 

110.4 

0.6 

115.7 

— 

0.2 

32.3 

32.5 

0.2 

33.1 

84.9 

1.9 

— 

86.8 

0.1 

84.9

2.1

32.3

119.3

0.3

86.9 

120.0

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

(1)  Includes two US Private Placements amounting to £57.2 million (2014: £52.8m).

Bank and other loans are repayable as follows:

Within one year 

Between one and two years 

Between two and five years 

More than five years 

Total 

2015 
£m 

30.2 

0.2 

22.1 

57.9 

110.4 

Details of the Group’s bank facilities are presented in note 21. Amounts payable under finance leases are as follows:

Present value 

Within one year 

Between one and five years    

Total 

2015 
£m 

0.2 

0.4 

0.6 

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

2014 
£m

32.5

0.3

32.9

53.6

119.3

2014 
£m

0.2

0.1

0.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

21. Financial risk management
Risk management policies
The Group’s central treasury function is responsible for procuring the Group’s capital resources and maintaining an 
efficient capital structure, together with managing the Group’s liquidity, foreign exchange and interest rate exposures. 

All treasury operations are conducted within strict policies and guidelines that are approved by the Board. Compliance 
with those policies and guidelines is monitored by the regular reporting of treasury activities to the Board following 
regular treasury committee meetings.

Financial assets and financial liabilities

Fair value through 
profit or loss

Loans  Liabilities at  Designated 
hedging 
cost  relationships 
£m 
£m 

and 
  receivables 
£m 

amortised 

At 30 June 2015 

Financial assets 

Trade receivables 

Other receivables   

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial assets held at fair value 

Derivative financial instruments (Level 2) 

– Forward currency contracts  

– Interest rate caps  

– Interest rate swaps 

– Contract for Difference (HDPE) 

Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities  

Trade payables 

Other payables 

Accrued expenses   

Unredeemed B Shares 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank and other loans 

Obligations under finance leases 

Financial liabilities held at fair value 

Derivative financial instruments (Level 2) 

– Forward currency contracts  

– Interest rate swaps 

Contingent consideration (Level 3) 

Total financial liabilities 

Total 

121.9 

4.0 

23.3 

149.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

149.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(129.2) 

(12.0) 

(17.8) 

(1.0) 

(4.7) 

(110.4) 

(0.6) 

(275.7) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(275.7) 

149.2 

(275.7) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.3 

— 

9.9 

0.4 

11.6 

11.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1.5) 

(0.4) 

(1.9) 

— 

(1.9) 

(1.9) 

9.7 

Total 
carrying 
amount  
£m 

Fair 
value 
£m

Other 
£m 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.4) 

(0.4) 

121.9 

4.0 

23.3 

121.9

4.0

23.3

149.2 

149.2

1.3 

— 

9.9 

0.4 

11.6 

1.3

—

9.9

0.4

11.6

160.8 

160.8

(129.2) 

(129.2)

(12.0) 

(17.8) 

(1.0) 

(4.7) 

(12.0)

(17.8)

(1.0)

(4.7)

(110.4) 

(110.4)

(0.6) 

(0.6)

(275.7) 

(275.7)

(1.5) 

(0.4) 

(1.9) 

(0.4) 

(2.3) 

(1.5)

(0.4)

(1.9)

(0.4)

(2.3)

(0.4) 

(278.0) 

(278.0)

(0.4) 

(117.2) 

(117.2)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

97

Fair value through 
profit or loss

Loans  Liabilities at  Designated 
hedging 
cost  relationships 
£m 
£m 

and 
  receivables 
£m 

amortised 

At 30 June 2014 

Financial assets 

Trade receivables 

Other receivables   

Cash and cash equivalents 

Financial assets held at fair value 

Derivative financial instruments (Level 2) 

– Forward currency contracts  

– Interest rate caps  

Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities  

Trade payables 

Other payables 

Accrued expenses   

Unredeemed B Shares 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank and other loans 

Obligations under finance leases 

Financial liabilities held at fair value 

Derivative financial instruments (Level 2) 

– Forward currency contracts  

– Interest rate swaps 

Contingent consideration (Level 3) 

Total financial liabilities 

Total 

133.8 

4.4 

35.3 

173.5 

— 

— 

— 

173.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

173.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(136.0) 

(12.5) 

(12.0) 

(0.6) 

(0.4) 

(119.3) 

(0.3) 

(281.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(281.1) 

(281.1) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.2 

— 

0.2 

0.2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(3.5) 

(1.2) 

(4.7) 

— 

(4.7) 

(4.7) 

(4.5) 

Total 
carrying 
amount  
£m 

Fair 
value 
£m

Other 
£m 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.4) 

(0.4) 

133.8 

4.4 

35.3 

173.5 

0.2 

— 

0.2 

133.8

4.4

35.3

173.5

0.2

—

0.2

173.7 

173.7

(136.0) 

(136.0)

(12.5) 

(12.0) 

(0.6) 

(0.4) 

(12.5)

(12.0)

(0.6)

(0.4)

(119.3) 

(119.3)

(0.3) 

(0.3)

(281.1) 

(281.1)

(3.5) 

(1.2) 

(4.7) 

(0.4) 

(5.1) 

(3.5)

(1.2)

(4.7)

(0.4)

(5.1)

(0.4) 

(286.2) 

(286.2)

(0.4) 

(112.5) 

(112.5)

In the above tables, the financial assets and financial liabilities held by the Group are categorised according to the basis on 
which they are measured. Financial assets and liabilities that are held at fair value are further categorised according to the 
degree to which the principal inputs used in determining their fair value represent observable market data as follows:

Level 1 —  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 

Level 2 —   Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (prices)  

or indirectly (derived from prices); and

Level 3 —  Inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

Derivative financial instruments comprise the foreign currency derivatives, non-deliverable commodity derivatives 
and interest rate derivatives that are held by the Group in designated hedging relationships. Foreign currency forward 
contracts are measured by reference to prevailing forward exchange rates. Commodity forward contracts are measured by 
difference to prevailing market prices. Foreign currency options are measured using a variant of the Monte Carlo valuation 
model. Interest rate swaps and caps are measured by discounting the related cash flows using yield curves derived from 
prevailing market interest rates.

Contingent consideration is measured at fair value based upon management’s estimates of the future sales and 
profitability of the acquired business. Details are presented in note 3.

Cash and cash equivalents and bank and other loans largely attract floating interest rates. Accordingly, management 
considers that their carrying amount approximates to fair value.

Finance lease obligations attract fixed interest rates that are implicit in the lease rentals and their fair value has been 
assessed relative to prevailing market interest rates.

There were no transfers between levels during the period end and no changes in valuation techniques. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

21. Financial risk management continued
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group.

The Group’s cash balances are managed such that there is no significant concentration of credit risk in any one bank or 
other financial institution. Management monitors closely the credit quality of the institutions with which it holds deposits. 
Similar considerations are given to the Group’s portfolio of derivative financial instruments.

Before accepting a new customer, management assesses the customer’s credit quality and establishes a credit limit. Credit 
quality is assessed using data maintained by reputable credit rating agencies, by the checking of references included in 
credit applications and, where they are available, by reviewing the customer’s recent financial statements. Credit limits 
are subject to multiple levels of authorisation and are reviewed on a regular basis. Credit insurance is employed where it is 
considered to be cost effective. At 30 June 2015, the majority of trade receivables were due from major retailers in the UK 
and Western Europe. 

At 30 June 2015, the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk was as follows (there was no significant concentration of 
credit risk):

Trade and other receivables:   

– Trade receivables  

– Other receivables  

– Derivative financial instruments 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

121.9 

133.8

4.0 

11.6 

137.5 

23.3 

160.8 

4.4

0.2

138.4

35.3

173.7

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial 
liabilities.

The Group’s borrowing facilities are monitored against forecast requirements and timely action is taken to put in place, 
renew or replace credit lines. Management’s policy is to reduce liquidity risk by diversifying the Group’s funding sources 
and staggering the maturity of its borrowings.

The Group has an unsecured €140 million revolving credit facility that is committed until April 2019. At 30 June 2015, the 
amount undrawn on the facility was €110 million (2014: €100.0m). The Group is subject to covenants, representations and 
warranties which are typical for unsecured borrowing facilities, including two financial covenants. Debt Cover (the ratio of 
net debt to EBITDA) may not exceed 3:1 and Interest Cover (the ratio of EBITDA to net interest) may not be less than 4:1.

For the purpose of these calculations, net debt excludes amounts drawn under the invoice discounting facilities and 
net interest comprises interest payments and receipts on net debt. The Group remains comfortably within these 
covenants. Any future non-compliance with the covenants could, if not waived, constitute an event of default and may, 
in certain circumstances, lead to an acceleration of the maturity of borrowings drawn down and an inability to access 
committed facilities.

The Group has two US Private Placements (USPP) with major US financial institutions. These loans are denominated 
in US Dollars, each repayable in a single instalment at maturity and carrying a fixed rate of interest. The first USPP, for 
$50 million, matures in November 2020, the second, for $40 million, matures in April 2022. Both loan obligations have 
been swapped into Euro fixed rate liabilities in order to hedge the Group’s Euro assets.

The Group has a number of facilities whereby it can borrow against certain of its trade receivables. In the UK, the Group 
has a £25 million facility that was renewed in August 2014 and is committed until August 2016. In France and Belgium, 
the Group has an aggregate €30 million facility, which has a rolling notice period of six months for the French part and 
three months for the Belgian part. Under these arrangements, the Group transfers trade receivables to the providers of the 
facilities at a discount to the face value of the underlying invoices. The Group can borrow from the provider of the relevant 
facility up to the lower of the facility limit and the discounted value of the receivables transferred. The Group does not 
derecognise the receivables transferred because it continues to be exposed to the credit risk associated with them.

At 30 June 2015, the carrying amount of trade receivables eligible for transfer and the amounts borrowed under the facility 
were as follows:

Trade receivables available 

Amount borrowed   

Amount undrawn   

2015 
£m 

46.3 

2014 
£m

49.0

(30.0) 

(32.3)

16.3 

16.7

The Group also has access to uncommitted working capital facilities amounting to £46.9 million (2014: £46.6m). 
At 30 June 2015, £4.7 million (2014: £0.4m) was drawn against these facilities in the form of overdrafts.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

99

In the following tables, estimated future contractual cash flows in respect of the Group’s financial liabilities are analysed 
according to the earliest date on which the Group could be required to settle the liability. Floating rate interest payments 
are estimated based on market interest rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Payments and receipts in relation to 
derivative financial instruments are shown net if they will be settled on a net basis.

At 30 June 2015 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank and other loans: 

– Principal 

– Interest payments 

Finance lease obligations 

Other liabilities 

Cash flows on non-derivative liabilities   

Cash flows on derivative liabilities 

– Payments 

Cash flows on financial liabilities 

Cash flows on related derivative assets   

– Receipts 

At 30 June 2014 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank and other loans: 

– Principal 

– Interest payments 

Finance lease obligations 

Other liabilities 

Cash flows on non-derivative liabilities   

Cash flows on derivative liabilities 

– Payments 

Cash flows on financial liabilities 

Cash flows on derivative assets 

– Receipts 

Within 
1 year 
£m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years 
£m 

Between 
2 and 3 
years 
£m 

Between 
3 and 4 
years 
£m 

Between 
4 and 5 
years 
£m 

After 5 
years 
£m 

Total 
£m

(4.7) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(4.7)

(30.2) 

(3.5) 

(0.2) 

(160.0) 

(198.6) 

(0.2) 

(3.5) 

(0.2) 

— 

(0.2) 

(3.5) 

(0.2) 

— 

(21.6) 

(3.5) 

— 

— 

(0.3) 

(3.5) 

— 

— 

(57.9) 

(110.4)

(4.2) 

— 

— 

(21.7)

(0.6)

(160.0)

(3.9) 

(3.9) 

(25.1) 

(3.8) 

(62.1) 

(297.4)

(53.8) 

(252.4) 

(2.6) 

(6.5) 

(2.6) 

(6.5) 

(2.6) 

(27.7) 

(2.6) 

(6.4) 

(3.0) 

(67.2)

(65.1) 

(364.6)

54.7 

3.5 

3.5 

3.5 

3.5 

4.2 

72.9

(197.7) 

(3.0) 

(3.0) 

(24.2) 

(2.9) 

(60.9) 

(291.7)

Within 
1 year 
£m 

Between 
1 and 2 
years 
£m 

Between 
2 and 3 
years 
£m 

Between 
3 and 4 
years 
£m 

Between 
4 and 5 
years 
£m 

After 5 
years 
£m 

Total 
£m

(0.4) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.4)

(32.5) 

(3.3) 

(0.2) 

(161.1) 

(197.5) 

(0.3) 

(3.3) 

(0.1) 

— 

(0.3) 

(3.3) 

— 

— 

(0.3) 

(3.3) 

— 

— 

(32.3) 

(53.6) 

(119.3)

(3.3) 

(7.2) 

(23.7)

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.3)

(161.1)

(3.7) 

(3.6) 

(3.6) 

(35.6) 

(60.8) 

(304.8)

(34.1) 

(7.2) 

(231.6) 

(10.9) 

32.3 

(199.3) 

3.3 

(7.6) 

(2.9) 

(6.5) 

3.2 

(3.3) 

(2.9) 

(6.5) 

(2.9) 

(38.5) 

(6.3) 

(67.1) 

(56.3)

(361.1)

3.2 

3.2 

7.1 

52.3

(3.3) 

(35.3) 

(60.0) 

(308.8)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

21. Financial risk management continued
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of, or future cash flows associated with, a financial instrument will fluctuate 
because of changes in market interest rates.

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on its floating rate borrowings, which it has mitigated using interest rate swaps. 
After taking into account the Group’s currency and interest rate hedging activities, the currency and interest rate profile of 
the Group’s interest-bearing financial assets and financial liabilities was as follows:

Floating rate 

Bank overdrafts 

Bank and other loans 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Fixed rate 

Bank and other loans 

Finance lease obligations 

Euro 
£m 

(2.7) 

(8.0) 

9.4 

(1.3) 

(80.4) 

(0.4) 

(80.8) 

2015 

Other 
Sterling  currencies 
£m 

£m 

Total 
£m 

Euro 
£m 

2014

Other 
Sterling  currencies 
£m 

£m 

(0.2) 

(22.0) 

11.7 

(10.5) 

(1.8) 

(4.7) 

(0.3) 

— 

(0.1) 

— 

2.2 

0.4 

(30.0) 

(13.7) 

(20.7) 

23.3 

(11.4) 

11.8 

(2.2) 

21.6 

0.9 

— 

1.9 

1.8 

Total 
£m

(0.4)

(34.4)

35.3

0.5

— 

— 

— 

— 

(80.4) 

(84.9) 

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

(0.6) 

— 

(81.0) 

(84.9) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(84.9)

(0.3) 

(0.3) 

1.5 

(0.3)

(85.2)

(84.7)

Total 

(82.1) 

(10.5) 

0.2 

(92.4) 

(87.1) 

0.9 

Interest payable on bank overdrafts and floating rate loans is based on base rates and short-term interbank rates 
(predominantly LIBOR, EURIBOR and some EONIA). At 30 June 2015, the weighted average interest rate payable on bank 
and other loans was 3.9% (2014: 4.5%). At 30 June 2015, the weighted average interest rate receivable on cash and cash 
equivalents was 0.1% (2014: 0.1%).

At 30 June 2015, the Group held interest rate swaps that had the effect of fixing the interest payable on £21.3 million 
(2014: £32.1m) of its Euro-denominated borrowings at a weighted average rate of 3.18% (2014: 2.84%). As shown in the 
following table, interest rate swaps with a notional principal amount of €30 million will remain in place for part of the next 
financial year, together with interest rate caps with a notional principal amount of €30 million, which cap the maximum 
rate payable but allows the rate to float below this maximum.

The USPP loans are fixed at an average rate of 5.45% payable in Euros.

Interest rate derivatives held by the Group at 30 June 2015 were as follows:

Maturity 

December 2015 

December 2015 

January 2016 

February 2017  

March 2017 (commences December 2015) 

June 2018 (commences December 2015) 

November 2020 

April 2022 

  Nature of 
contract 

Notional 
principal 
amount 
€ million 

Swap 

Swap 

Swap 

Cap 

Cap 

Cap 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

Xccy/swap 

Xccy/swap 

36.2 

29.2 

Fixed 
rate 
payable 
or rate 
% 

Variable 
rate 
receivable 
%

3.355 

(0.014)

3.300 

(0.014)

2.880 

(0.004)

1.700 

1.690 

1.600 

5.509 

5.376 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

All interest rate derivatives held by the Group are indexed to three-month EURIBOR.

Fixed or capped interest rates shown in the above table do not include the margin over market interest rates payable on 
the Group’s borrowings.

For accounting purposes, the Group has designated the interest rate swaps and a part of its cross currency interest rate 
swaps as cash flow hedges. At 30 June 2015, the fair value of the interest rate swaps was £(0.4) million (2014: £(1.2)m), 
the fair value of the interest rate caps was nil (2014: nil) and the fair value of the cross currency interest rate swaps was 
£9.9 million (2014: £(2.7)m). During 2015, a gain of £7.8 million (2014: £3.6m) was recognised in other comprehensive 
income in respect of these derivatives.

On the assumption that a change in market interest rates would be applied to the interest rate exposures that were in 
existence at the balance sheet date and that designated cash flow hedges are 100% effective, an increase/decrease of 
100 basis points in market interest rates would have decreased/increased the Group’s profit before tax by nil (2014: nil).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

101

Foreign currency risk
(i) Transaction risk
Foreign currency transaction risk arises on sales and purchases denominated in currencies other than the functional 
currency of the entity that enters into the transaction. While the magnitude of these exposures is relatively low, the 
Group’s policy is to hedge committed transactions in full and to hedge a proportion of highly probable forecast 
transactions on a twelve-month rolling basis. Foreign currency transaction risk also arises on financial assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies and Group policy also allows for these exposures to be hedged using forward 
currency contracts.

At 30 June 2015, the notional principal amount of outstanding foreign currency contracts (net purchases) that are held 
to hedge the Group’s transaction exposures was £38.4 million (2014: £29.6m). For accounting purposes, the Group has 
designated the foreign currency contracts as cash flow hedges. At 30 June 2015, the fair value of the contracts was 
£(1.3) million (2014: £(0.8)m). During 2015, a loss of £0.6 million (2014: £1.4m) was recognised in other comprehensive 
income and a loss of £2.3 million (2014: £1.0m) was transferred from the cash flow reserve to the income statement in 
respect of these contracts.

After taking into account its hedging activities, the Group has no significant exposure to gains and losses arising from 
foreign currency transaction risk in the event of reasonably possible changes in currency exchange rates.

(ii) Translation risk
Foreign currency translation risk arises on consolidation in relation to the translation into Sterling of the results and net 
assets of the Group’s foreign subsidiaries. The Group’s policy is to hedge a substantial proportion of overseas net assets 
using a combination of foreign currency borrowings and foreign currency swaps. The Group hedges part of the currency 
exposure on translating the results of its foreign subsidiaries into Sterling using average rate options and a part of its 
cross currency interest rate swaps. This exposure is also mitigated by the natural hedge provided by the interest payable 
on the Group’s foreign currency borrowings. At 30 June 2015, the fair value of the average rate options was £1.3 million 
(2014: £0.2m).

At 30 June 2015, the Group had designated as net investment hedges £46.5 million (2014: £52.4m) of its 
Euro-denominated borrowings and three-month rolling foreign currency forward contracts with a notional principal 
amount of £29.4 million (2014: £18.4m). During 2015, a gain of £16.4 million (2014: £10.3m) was recognised in other 
comprehensive income in relation to the net investment hedges.

The currency profile of the Group’s net assets (excluding non-controlling interests) before and after hedging currency 
translation exposures was as follows:

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

2015 

  Net assets 
before 
hedging 
£m 

forward 

Currency  Net assets  Net assets 
before 
hedging 
£m 

after 
contracts(1)  hedging 
£m 

£m 

Sterling 

Euro 

Polish Zloty 

Czech Koruna 

Malaysian Ringgit   

Other 

Total 

36.7 

(0.8) 

15.1 

1.4 

2.5 

2.0 

56.9 

27.2 

(10.5) 

(13.2) 

(1.0) 

(2.5) 

— 

— 

63.9 

(11.3) 

1.9 

0.4 

— 

2.0 

42.8 

1.1 

15.1 

1.3 

7.1 

0.6 

56.9 

68.0 

2014

Currency  Net assets 
after 
hedging 
£m

forward 
contracts 
£m 

18.0 

0.9 

(12.5) 

(1.5) 

(4.9) 

— 

— 

60.8

2.0

2.6

(0.2)

2.2

0.6

68.0

(1)  Based on the Group’s position before the impairment of long-lived assets and property, plant and equipment.

22. Capital and net debt
The Group’s capital comprises total equity and net debt.

The Directors manage the Group’s capital to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns 
for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. The Directors aim to maintain an efficient capital structure with a 
relatively conservative level of debt-to-equity gearing so as to ensure continued access to a broad range of financing 
sources in order to provide sufficient flexibility to pursue commercial opportunities as they arise.

The Group’s capital was as follows:

Total equity 

Net debt 

Capital 

Gearing(1) 

(1)  Gearing represents net debt/average year end capital.

2015 
£m 

57.5 

92.4 

149.9 

2014 
£m 

68.6 

84.7 

153.3 

2015 
% 

61 

2013 
£m

106.7

86.8

193.5

2014 
%

49

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

22. Capital and net debt continued
Movements in net debt were as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents  

Overdrafts 

Bank and other loans 

Finance lease liabilities 

Net debt 

Cash and cash equivalents  

Overdrafts 

Bank and other loans 

Finance lease liabilities 

Net debt 

At 
 30 June 
2014 
£m 

35.3 

(0.4) 

(119.3) 

(0.3) 

Other 

Currency 
Cash 
non-cash  translation 
flows  movements  differences 
£m 
£m 

£m 

(10.8) 

(4.5) 

8.8 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

(0.4) 

(0.4) 

At  
30 June 
2015 
£m

23.3

(4.7)

(110.4)

(0.6)

(1.2) 

0.2 

0.1 

— 

(84.7) 

(6.4) 

(0.9) 

(92.4)

At 
 30 June 
2013 
£m 

Currency 
Cash  translation 
flows  differences 
£m 

£m 

At 
30 June 
2014 
£m

— 

(8.3) 

35.8 

7.9 

(78.2) 

(47.1) 

(0.3) 

— 

(86.8) 

(3.4) 

(0.5) 

— 

6.0 

— 

5.5 

35.3

(0.4)

(119.3)

(0.3)

(84.7)

23. Pensions and other post‑employment benefits
Overview
The Group provides a number of post-employment benefit arrangements. In the UK, the Group operates a defined benefit 
pension scheme and defined contribution pension schemes. Elsewhere in Europe, the Group has a number of smaller 
unfunded post-employment benefit arrangements that are structured to accord with local conditions and practices in 
the countries concerned. At 30 June 2015, the Group’s post-employment benefit obligations outside the UK amounted to 
£1.6 million (2014: £2.0m).

Post-employment benefits had the following effect on the Group’s results and financial position:

Profit or loss 

Operating profit/(loss) 

Defined contribution schemes 

  Contributions payable 

Defined benefit schemes 

  Service cost (net of employee contributions) 

Net charge to operating profit/(loss) 

Finance costs 

Net interest cost on defined benefit obligation 

Net charge to profit/(loss) before taxation 

Other comprehensive income 

Defined benefit schemes 

  Net actuarial loss 

Balance sheet 

Defined benefit obligations 

  UK – funded 

  Other – unfunded 

Fair value of scheme assets 

Deficit on the schemes 

Related deferred tax asset 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

(1.6) 

(1.8)

(1.7) 

(3.3) 

(1.3) 

(4.6) 

(1.7)

(3.5)

(1.1)

(4.6)

(2.1) 

(5.2)

(135.5) 

(121.0)

(1.6) 

(2.0)

(137.1) 

(123.0)

105.7 

92.6

(31.4) 

(30.4)

6.0 

5.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

103

UK Defined Benefit Pension Scheme
(i) Background
In the UK, the Robert McBride Pension Fund (‘the Fund’) provides pension benefits based on the final pensionable salary 
and period of qualifying service of the participating employees. The Fund was closed to new entrants in 2002. The Group 
offers defined contribution schemes for UK employees who are not participating in the Fund.

The Fund is administered and managed by Robert McBride Pension Fund Trustees Limited (‘the Trustee’), in accordance 
with the terms of a governing Trust Deed and relevant legislation. Regular assessments of the Fund’s benefit obligations 
are carried out by an independent actuary on behalf of the Trustee and long-term contribution rates are agreed between 
the Trustee and the Company on the basis of the actuary’s recommendations. The last triennial actuarial valuation of the 
Fund was at 31 March 2012 with the valuation indicating a deficit in the Fund of £32.7 million. The Company’s agreement 
with the Trustee was an aim to eliminate the deficit in the Fund by 2026. The next actuarial valuation date is 31 March 2015 
and subject to the outcome of this valuation, the Group expects to contribute £2.6 million to the Fund during 2016.

(ii) Assumptions and sensitivities
For accounting purposes, the Fund’s benefit obligation has been calculated based on data gathered for the 2013 triennial 
actuarial valuation and by applying assumptions made by the Company on the advice of an independent actuary in 
accordance with IAS 19, ‘Employee Benefits’, which differ in certain respects from the assumptions made by the Trustee 
for the purpose of the actuarial valuation.

The principal assumptions used in calculating the benefit obligation at the end of the year were as follows:

Discount rate 

Inflation rate: 

  Retail Prices Index (RPI) 

  Consumer Prices Index (CPI) 

Future salary increases 

Revaluation of deferred pensions (in excess of GMP) 

  Accrued before 6 April 2009 

  Accrued on or after 6 April 2009 

Increase in pensions in payment (in excess of GMP): 

  Accrued before 1 April 2011 

  Accrued on or after 1 April 2011 

2015 

2014

3.85% 

4.45%

3.25% 

2.25% 

3.30%

2.30%

2.00% 

2.00%

2.25% 

2.25% 

2.30%

2.30%

3.11% 

2.12% 

3.30%

2.35%

From 1 April 2011, future increases to pensionable salaries were limited to the lower of 2% per annum or the rate of growth 
in the RPI, although a deferred benefit underpin was put into place with the effect that benefits accrued in respect of 
service before 1 April 2011 will be unaffected by these changes. Also with effect from 1 April 2011, changes were made to 
the basis of determining increases in pensions in payment.

Assumptions regarding future mortality rates are made based on published statistics and taking into account the profile 
of the Fund’s members. Mortality rates are based on the PCMA 00 (male) and PCFA 00 (female) mortality tables adjusted 
for both males and females to assume 8% more deaths than average in any one year. Life expectancies are assumed to 
increase in future in line with the CMI standard projection model, with a minimum long-term rate of improvement of 0.5% 
per annum. On this basis, the average life expectancies assumed for members of the Fund after retirement at age 65 are 
as follows:

Member retiring in the next year: 

  Male 

  Female 

Member retiring 20 years from now: 

  Male 

  Female 

2015 

2014

22.0 

23.9 

22.5 

24.6 

22.0

23.9

22.5

24.6

At 30 June 2015, the sensitivity of the benefit obligation to changes in the principal assumptions was as follows (assuming 
in each case that the other assumptions are unchanged):

Discount rate 

Inflation rate 

Life expectancy 

  Change in assumption 

Increase in assumption  Decrease in assumption

+/– 0.1%  Decrease by £2.3m 

Increase by £2.3m

+/– 0.1% 

Increase by £2.0m  Decrease by £1.9m

+/– 1 year 

Increase by £3.4m  Decrease by £3.4m

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

23. Pensions and other post‑employment benefits continued
UK Defined Benefit Pension Scheme continued
(iii) Fund’s assets
The Fund’s assets are held separately from those of the Group and are managed by professional investment managers 
on behalf of the Trustee. During 2013, the Trustee conducted an investment strategy review and decided to increase the 
proportion of the Fund’s assets held in low risk investments that match as closely as practicable the profile of its liabilities. 
Due to the favourable matching properties exhibited, the Trustee invested in synthetic gilt instruments that will provide 
returns in line with the yields on UK government bonds. The Trustee maintains a significant portfolio of return-seeking 
assets that are expected to produce returns in excess of the yield on UK government bonds. The Fund’s return-seeking 
assets continue to be predominantly held within managed funds that are designed to achieve equity-like returns over the 
long term but with significantly less volatility than would be experienced if the Fund had invested directly in equities. 

The Fund holds no investment in securities issued by, nor any property used by, McBride plc or any of its subsidiaries.

The fair value and expected return on the Fund’s assets at the end of the year was as follows:

Return-seeking assets: 

  Equities 

  Property 

  Other 

Matching assets: 

  Bonds 

  Other 

Cash 

Total 

2015 
Fair 
value 
£m 

54.6 

— 

28.1 

82.7 

9.8 

11.2 

21.0 

2.0 

105.7 

2014 
Fair 
value 
£m 

40.2 

3.1 

30.6 

73.9 

7.1 

9.1 

16.2 

2.5 

92.6 

2013  
Fair 
value 
£m

32.9

0.1

27.6

60.6

18.1

5.7

23.8

0.1

84.5

Other return-seeking assets are predominantly those held within the Standard Life GARS fund. Other matching assets are 
predominantly those held within the Schroders LDI fund.

All of the Fund’s assets are held in pooled funds. They are classified as Level 2 instruments, as they are not quoted on any 
stock exchange, although their value is directly related to the value of the underlying holdings.

The expected return on the Fund’s assets must be set to be in line with the discount rate used to value the Fund’s 
liabilities. This equates to an expected return over the year of £4.1 million (2014: £4.1m).

The actual return on the Fund’s assets during the year was £12.9 million (2014: £6.9m).

(iv) Movements in the Fund’s assets and liabilities
Movements in the fair value of the Fund’s assets during the year were as follows:

At 1 July  

Expected return on plan assets 

Actuarial gain 

Employer’s contributions 

Employees’ contributions 

Benefits paid 

Administration expenses 

At 30 June  

2015 
£m 

92.6 

4.1 

8.8 

3.7 

0.4 

(3.6) 

(0.3) 

105.7 

2014 
£m

84.5

4.1

2.8

3.7

0.5

(2.6)

(0.4)

92.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

105

Movements in the benefit obligation during the year were as follows:

At 1 July 

Service cost 

Interest cost 

Actuarial loss 

Employees’ contributions 

Benefits paid 

At 30 June 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

(121.0) 

(108.7)

(1.4) 

(5.4) 

(10.9) 

(0.4) 

3.6 

(1.2)

(5.2)

(8.0)

(0.5)

2.6

(135.5) 

(121.0)

(v) Experience gains and losses
Actuarial gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income represent the effect of the differences between the 
actuary’s assumptions and actual outcomes.

The history of actuarial gains and losses in relation to the Fund is as follows:

Present value of the Fund’s benefit obligation 

Fair value of the Fund’s assets 

Deficit in the Fund  

Actuarial gains and losses: 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m 

2013 
£m 

2012 
£m 

2011 
£m

(135.5) 

(121.0) 

(108.7) 

(95.9) 

(89.8)

105.7 

92.6 

84.5 

 78.0 

75.6

(29.8) 

(28.4) 

(24.2) 

(17.9) 

(14.2)

  Experience adjustments on the Fund’s benefit obligations  

(10.9) 

(8.0) 

(10.5) 

 (2.2) 

  Experience adjustments on the Fund’s assets 

Total recognised in other comprehensive income   

8.8 

(2.1) 

2.8 

(5.2) 

3.3 

(7.2) 

(3.6) 

(5.8) 

3.7

 0.8 

4.5

At 30 June 2015, the cumulative net actuarial loss in relation to the Fund that has been recognised in other comprehensive 
income amounted to £29.7 million (2014: £27.6m).

24. Employee share schemes
Share awards
The Group operates a performance-based Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) for the Executive Directors and certain other 
senior executives. Awards made under the LTIP vest provided the participant remains in the Group’s employment during 
the three-year vesting period and the Group achieves relative total shareholder return (TSR) and earnings per share (EPS) 
targets. Up to 50% of each award vests dependent on the TSR of the Company’s ordinary shares compared with the TSR 
of the FTSE Smallcap Ex. Investment Companies Index (a market condition). Up to 50% of each award vests dependent on 
the growth in the Group’s EPS compared with the change in the UK Retail Prices Index (a vesting condition).

Vested awards are settled either in the form of the Company’s ordinary shares (equity-settled) or by the payment of cash 
equivalent to the market value of the Company’s ordinary shares on the vesting date (cash-settled). 

Further information on the LTIP is set out in the Remuneration report.

Movements in LTIP awards outstanding were as follows:

Outstanding at 1 July 

Granted 

Forfeited 

Lapsed 

Outstanding at 30 June 

Unvested at 30 June 

Awards made under the LTIP have a nil exercise price. 

During 2015 and 2014, no equity-settled or cash-settled LTIP awards vested. 

2015 

2014

Equity‑ 
settled 
Number 

Cash‑ 
settled 
Number 

Equity- 
settled 
Number 

Cash- 
settled 
Number

  1,637,260  3,291,472 

1,371,354  2,701,260

  1,354,514  1,420,328  546,560  1,278,728

  (1,880,258)  (550,883) 

— 

—

(558,141) (930,896)  (280,654)  (688,516)

  553,375  3,230,021  1,637,260  3,291,472

  553,375  3,230,021  1,637,260  3,291,472

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

24. Employee share schemes continued
Share awards continued
At 30 June 2015, the liability recognised in relation to cash-settled awards was £0.3 million. 

At the grant date, the weighted average fair value of LTIP awards granted during the year was 87.7 pence (2014: 123.5p). 
Fair value was measured using a variant of the Monte Carlo valuation model based on the following assumptions:

February 

October 
  2015 issue  2014 issue  2013 issue

October 

Risk-free interest rate 

Share price on grant date 

Dividend yield on the Company’s shares  

Volatility of the Company’s shares 

Expected life of LTIP awards   

0.8% 

86.8p 

5.6% 

1.4% 

0.7%

87.8p 

123.5p

5.7% 

4.1%

28.5% 

29.0% 

34.0%

3 years 

3 years 

3 years

Expected volatility was determined based on weekly observations of the Company’s share price and the FTSE Smallcap 
Ex. Investment Companies Index (2015 and 2014 issues) and FTSE 250 Ex. Investment Companies Index (2013 issue) over 
the three-year period immediately preceding the grant date.

Compensation expense recognised in profit or loss in relation to employee share schemes was as follows:

LTIP: 

Equity-settled awards 

Cash-settled awards 

Total expense 

25. Provisions

At 30 June 2013 

Charged to profit or loss 

Utilisation  

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2014 

Charged to profit or loss 

Unwind of discount 

Utilisation  

Currency translation differences 

At 30 June 2015 

Analysis of provisions:

Current 

Non-current 

Total 

Reorganisation 
 and 

restructuring  dilapidations 
£m 

£m 

Leasehold  Environmental 
remediation 
£m 

1.9 

10.1 

(3.5) 

(0.1) 

8.4 

3.0 

— 

(6.9) 

— 

4.5 

0.3 

0.2 

(0.5) 

— 

— 

0.7 

— 

— 

— 

0.7 

— 

2.5 

— 

— 

2.5 

— 

0.2 

(0.2) 

(0.3) 

2.2 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

0.1 

(0.1) 

— 

—

—

—

Other 
£m 

0.6 

— 

(0.1) 

— 

0.5 

0.2 

— 

— 

(0.1) 

0.6 

2015 
£m 

4.8 

3.2 

8.0 

Total 
£m

2.8

12.8

(4.1)

(0.1)

11.4

3.9

0.2

(7.1)

(0.4)

8.0

2014 
£m

8.9

2.5

11.4

Reorganisation and restructuring provisions as at 30 June 2015 principally comprise of redundancies in relation to the 
Group reorganisation and UK restructuring.

Environmental remediation provision relates to historical environmental contamination at a site in Belgium.

Other provisions are mainly in respect of training costs in France.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

107

26. Share capital and reserves
(i) Share capital

Ordinary shares of 10 pence each 

At 1 July 2013, 30 June 2014 and at 30 June 2015  

Allotted and fully paid

Number 

£m

182,840,301 

18.3

Ordinary shares carry full voting rights and ordinary shareholders are entitled to attend Company meetings and to receive 
payments to shareholders.

(ii) Reserves
Share premium account
The share premium account records the difference between the nominal amount of shares issued and the fair value of the 
consideration received. The share premium account may be used for certain purposes specified by UK law, including to 
write-off expenses incurred on any issue of shares or debentures and to pay up fully paid bonus shares. The share premium 
account is not distributable but may be reduced by special resolution of the Company’s ordinary shareholders and with 
court approval.

Cash flow hedge reserve
The cash flow hedge reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of hedging instruments in designated 
cash flow hedging relationships recognised in other comprehensive income.

Currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve comprises cumulative currency translation differences on the translation of the Group’s 
net investment in foreign operations into Sterling together with the cumulative net change in the fair value of hedging 
instruments in designated net investment hedging relationships recognised in other comprehensive income.

Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve records the cost of shares purchased by the Company for cancellation or redeemed in 
excess of the proceeds of any fresh issue of shares made specifically to fund the purchase or redemption. The capital 
redemption reserve is not distributable but may be reduced by special resolution of the Company’s ordinary shareholders 
and with court approval.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

(iii) Own shares

Held in treasury 

At cost 

At 1 July 

Shares transferred to employees  

At 30 June 

2015 

2014

Number 

£m 

Number 

£m

  630,992 

0.8  663,043 

— 

— 

(32,051) 

  630,992 

0.8  630,992 

0.8

—

0.8

Own shares represent the Company’s ordinary shares that are acquired to meet the Group’s expected obligations under 
employee share schemes. 

At 30 June 2015, the market value of own shares held was £0.6 million (2014: £0.6m).

(iv) Non‑controlling interests
Non-controlling interests relates to Fortune Organics (F.E.) Sdn Bhd, Malaysia.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued
for the year ended 30 June 2015

27. Commitments
Operating leases
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Rentals payable: 

  Within one year  

In the second to fifth years inclusive   

  After more than five years  

Total 

Capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment

Contracted but not provided   

2015 
£m 

3.7 

7.6 

2.6 

13.9 

2015 
£m 

1.0 

2014 
£m

3.8

7.3

3.4

14.5

2014 
£m

2.9

28. Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated 
on consolidation and, therefore, are not required to be disclosed in these financial statements. Details of transactions 
between the Group and other related parties are disclosed below.

(i) Post‑employment benefit plans
As shown in note 23, contributions amounting to £5.3 million (2014: £5.5m) were payable by the Group to pension 
schemes established for the benefit of its employees. At 30 June 2015, £0.2 million (2014: £0.2m) in respect of 
contributions due was included in other payables.

(ii) Compensation of key management personnel
For the purposes of these disclosures, the Group regards its key management personnel as the Directors and certain 
members of the senior executive team.

Compensation payable to key management personnel in respect of their services to the Group was as follows:

Short-term employee benefit:  

Compensation for loss of office 

Post employment benefits 

Share-based payments 

Total 

2015 
£m 

1.9 

0.7 

0.3 

0.1 

3.0 

2014 
£m

2.0

—

0.3

—

2.3

29. Exchange rates
The principal exchange rates used to translate the results, assets and liabilities and cash flows of the Group’s foreign 
operations into Sterling were as follows:

Euro 

US Dollar 

Polish Zloty 

Czech Koruna 

Hungarian Forint 

Malaysian Ringgit   

Australian Dollar 

Chinese Yuan 

Average rate 

Closing rate

2015 
£m 

1.31 

1.58 

5.48 

36.24 

2014 
£m 

1.20 

1.63 

5.03 

32.22 

2015 
£m 

1.41 

1.57 

5.89 

38.31 

2014 
£m

1.25

1.70

5.19

34.25

  406.07 

362.67  442.69 

385.90

5.44 

1.89 

9.75 

5.28 

1.77 

9.99 

5.93 

2.05 

9.75 

5.47

1.81

10.57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report
to the members of McBride plc

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

109

Report on the parent Company financial statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, McBride plc’s parent Company financial 
statements (‘the financial statements’):

•	 give a true and fair view of the state of the parent 

Company’s affairs as at 30 June 2015;

Other matters on which we are required to report 
by exception
Adequacy of accounting records and information and 
explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

•	 have been properly prepared in accordance with United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and

•	 we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit; or

•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept, or 

returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

•	 the financial statements are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of Directors’ 
remuneration specified by law are not made. We have no 
exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

•	 have been prepared in accordance with the requirements 

of the Companies Act 2006.

What we have audited
The financial statements comprise:

•	 the Company balance sheet as at 30 June 2015; and

•	 the notes to the financial statements, which include a 
summary of significant accounting policies and other 
explanatory information.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in the preparation of the financial statements is applicable 
law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

In applying the financial reporting framework, the Directors 
have made a number of subjective judgements, for 
example in respect of significant accounting estimates. 
In making such estimates, they have made assumptions 
and considered future events.

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the information given in the Strategic report 
and the Directors’ report for the financial year for which 
the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
110 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of McBride plc

Responsibilities for the financial statements 
and the audit
Our responsibilities and those of the Directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities set out on page 66, the Directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (‘ISAs 
(UK & Ireland)’). Those standards require us to comply 
with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards 
for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared 
for and only for the Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report 
is shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

What an audit of financial statements involves
We conducted our audit in accordance with ISAs (UK 
& Ireland). An audit involves obtaining evidence about 
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements 
sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the financial 
statements are free from material misstatement, whether 
caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: 

•	 whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the 
Company’s circumstances and have been consistently 
applied and adequately disclosed; 

•	 the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates 

made by the Directors; and 

•	 the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the 
Directors’ judgements against available evidence, forming 
our own judgements, and evaluating the disclosures in the 
financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other 
auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to 
provide a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We 
obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of 
controls, substantive procedures or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial 
information in the Annual Report and Accounts to 
identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial 
statements and to identify any information that is 
apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 
inconsistent with, the knowledge acquired by us in the 
course of performing the audit. If we become aware of any 
apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we 
consider the implications for our report.

David Beer (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
St Albans

8 September 2015

Company balance sheet
at 30 June 2015

Fixed assets 

Tangible assets 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings   

Debtors 

Cash at bank and in hand 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Net current assets   

Total assets less current liabilities 

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

Provisions for liabilities  

Net assets 

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital 

Share premium account 

Capital redemption reserve 

Profit and loss account 

Total shareholders’ funds 

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

111

Note 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

10 

11 

12 

12 

12 

— 

158.2 

158.2 

178.6 

0.8 

—

158.2

158.2

151.7

2.9

(77.9) 

(54.4)

101.5 

259.7 

100.2

258.4

(78.6) 

(84.9)

(2.0) 

179.1 

(0.8)

172.7

18.3 

102.4 

42.1 

16.3 

179.1 

18.3

111.5

33.4

9.5

172.7

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

The financial statements on pages 111 to 117 were approved by the Board of Directors on 8 September 2015 and were 
signed on its behalf by:

Rik De Vos 
Director 

Chris Smith
Director

McBride plc 
Registered number: 2798634

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the Company financial statements

1. Principal accounting policies
Description of business
McBride plc (‘the Company’) is the ultimate parent Company of a group of companies that together is Europe’s leading 
provider of Private Label Household and Personal Care products, developing, producing and supplying our products to 
major retailers throughout Europe and beyond.

Basis of preparation
The Company’s financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006 (‘the Act’) and United Kingdom accounting standards (‘UK GAAP’) and, except as described under the heading 
‘Financial instruments’, under the historical cost convention.

The Company’s principal accounting policies are unchanged compared with the year ended 30 June 2014.

Investments in subsidiary undertakings
A subsidiary is an entity controlled, either directly or indirectly, by the Company, where control is the power to govern the 
financial and operating policies of the entity so as to obtain benefit from its activities. Investments in subsidiaries represent 
interests in subsidiaries that are directly owned by the Company and are stated at cost less any provision for permanent 
diminution in value.

Tangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for permanent diminution in value. 
Tangible fixed assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, which are as follows:

Computer equipment  
Furniture and fittings  

— three to five years 
— eight to ten years

Financial instruments
(i) Bank and other loans
Bank and other loans are initially measured at fair value, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, and are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

(ii) Derivative financial instruments
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to exchange rate and interest rate movements. 
The Company does not hold or issue derivatives for speculative purposes.

Derivative financial instruments are recognised as assets and liabilities measured at their fair value at the balance 
sheet date. Changes in their fair value are recognised immediately in the profit and loss account. The Company has not 
designated any derivatives as hedging instruments for the purposes of hedge accounting. 

(iii) Disclosures
The Company is exempt from applying FRS 29, (IFRS 7) ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ because the required 
disclosures are presented in the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. 

Foreign currency translation
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into Sterling at the exchange rate ruling on the date of the 
transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the exchange rate ruling 
on the balance sheet date. Currency translation differences are recognised in the profit and loss account.

Leases
Leases that confer rights and obligations similar to those that attach to owned assets are classified as finance leases. 
All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Operating lease payments are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease 
incentives are credited to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the lease term or, if the initial rent is 
above the prevailing market rent, over the shorter of the lease term and the period to the first rent review from which it is 
expected that the prevailing market rent will be payable.

Share‑based payments
The Company operates incentive share schemes under which it grants equity-settled and cash-settled awards over its own 
ordinary shares to certain employees of its subsidiaries. The Company recognises a capital contribution to the subsidiaries 
concerned that is based on the fair value of the awards measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing formula or the 
Monte Carlo valuation model. 

For equity-settled awards, the fair value reflects market performance conditions and all non-vesting conditions. Fair 
value is determined at the grant date and is not subsequently remeasured unless the relevant conditions are modified. 
Adjustments are made to the compensation expense to reflect actual and expected forfeitures due to failure to satisfy 
service conditions or non-market performance conditions. For cash-settled awards, the fair value reflects all the conditions 
on which the award is made and is remeasured at each reporting date and at the settlement date. 

Generally, the capital contribution is recognised on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. For equity-settled awards 
a corresponding credit is recognised directly in reserves while for cash-settled awards a corresponding liability to settle is 
recognised in the balance sheet. 

Taxation
Current tax is the amount of tax payable in respect of the taxable profit or loss for the period. Taxable profit differs from 
accounting profit because it excludes income or expenses that are recognised in the period for accounting purposes but 
are either not taxable or not deductible for tax purposes or are taxable or not deductible in earlier or subsequent periods.

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

113

Deferred tax is recognised on timing differences between the recognition of items of income or expenses for accounting 
purposes and their recognition for tax purposes. A deferred tax asset in respect of a deductible timing difference or a 
carried forward tax loss is recognised only to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that sufficient taxable 
profits will be available against which the reversing timing difference or the tax loss can be deducted. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are not discounted.

Current and deferred tax is measured using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Provisions
A provision is a liability of uncertain timing or amount and is recognised when the Company has a present obligation 
as a result of a past event, it is probable that payment will be made to settle the obligation and the payment can be 
estimated reliably. 

Provision is made for restructuring costs when a detailed formal plan for the restructuring has been determined and that 
plan has started to be implemented or has been announced to the parties that may be affected by it.

Provisions are discounted where the effect of the time value of money is material.

Guarantees
From time to time, the Company provides guarantees to third parties in respect of the indebtedness of its subsidiaries. 
The Directors consider these guarantees to be insurance arrangements and, therefore, the Company recognises a liability 
in respect of such guarantees only in the event that it becomes probable that the guarantee will be called upon and the 
Company will be required to make a payment to the third party.

Payments to shareholders
Subject to shareholder approval at each annual general meeting, it is the Company’s intention that, for the foreseeable 
future, all payments to shareholders will be made by the issue of non-cumulative redeemable preference shares (‘B 
Shares’). B Shares issued but not redeemed are classified as current liabilities.

Own shares
Own shares represent the Company’s ordinary shares that are held by the Company in treasury or by an employee benefit 
trust to employee share schemes. When own shares are acquired, the cost of purchase in the market is deducted from the 
profit and loss account reserve. Gains and losses on the subsequent transfer or sale of own shares are recognised directly 
in the profit and loss account.

Cash flow statement
A cash flow statement is not presented in these financial statements on the grounds that the Company’s cash flows are 
included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

2. Profit for the year
As permitted by section 408(3) of the Act, the Company’s profit and loss account and statement of total recognised gains 
and losses are not presented in these financial statements.

The Company has no employees.

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in respect of the audit of the Company’s accounts 
were £0.1 million (2014: £0.1m).

The Company’s profit for the financial year was £15.5 million (2014: £5.9m loss).

3. Tangible assets

Cost 

At 1 July 2014 and 30 June 2015 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment 

At 1 July 2014 and 30 June 2015 

At 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015 

4. Investments in subsidiary undertakings

At 1 July 2014 and at 30 June 2015 

Furniture 
  and fittings 
£m

0.4

0.4

—

£m

158.2

The Directors have reviewed the recoverability of the carrying amount of the Company’s investments and have concluded 
that there is no permanent diminution in their value.

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at 30 June 2015 are set out on pages 116 and 117.

Details of the share-based payments provided by the Company to employees of its subsidiaries are presented in note 24 
to the consolidated financial statements.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

5. Debtors

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings 

Derivative financial instruments 

Deferred tax assets (note 9)   

Other debtors 

Prepayments and accrued income 

Total  

6. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings 

Derivative financial instruments 

Deferred tax liabilities (note 9) 

B Shares (note 8)   

Other creditors 

Accruals and deferred income 

Total 

7. Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Bank and other loans 

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m

164.3 

148.3

11.2 

— 

0.1 

3.0 

—

0.9

0.1

2.4

178.6 

151.7

2015 
£m 

73.1 

0.6 

1.8 

1.0 

0.6 

0.8 

77.9 

2014 
£m

48.7

3.7

—

0.6

0.7

0.7

54.4

2015 
£m 

78.6 

2014 
£m

84.9

Bank and other loans represent amounts drawn down under a €140 million revolving credit facility, which is committed 
until April 2019 and two US Private Placements for $50 million (maturing in November 2020) and $40 million (maturing 
April 2022).

8. Payments to shareholders
Payments to ordinary shareholders are made by way of the issue of B Shares in place of income distributions. Ordinary 
shareholders are able to redeem any number of the B Shares issued to them for cash. Any B Shares that they retain attract 
a dividend of 75% of LIBOR on the 0.1 pence nominal value of each share, paid on a twice-yearly basis.

Payments to ordinary shareholders made or proposed in respect of the year were as follows:

Interim  

Final 

Total for the year 

2015 

2014

Pence  
  per share 

1.7 

1.9 

3.6 

Pence 
per share 

1.7 

3.3 

5.0 

£m 

3.1 

3.5 

6.6 

£m

3.1

6.0

9.1

The proposed final payment in respect of 2015 of 1.9 pence per ordinary share is subject to approval by shareholders at the 
Company’s AGM and has therefore not been recognised in these financial statements.

Movements in the number of B Shares outstanding were as follows:

At 1 July 

Issued  

Redeemed  

At 30 June 

2015 

Nominal 
value 
Number 

 578,450,919 

9,110,465,450 

(8,719,909,174) 

969,007,195 

2014

£m 

0.6 

9.1 

(8.7) 

1.0 

Number 

394,892,632 

9,110,465,450 

(8,926,907,163) 

578,450,919 

Nominal 
value 
£m

0.4

9.1

(8.9)

0.6

B Shares carry no rights to attend, speak or vote at Company meetings, except on a resolution relating to the winding up 
of the Company.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

115

£m

0.9

(2.7)

(1.8)

£m

0.8

2.0

(0.8)

2.0

9. Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

At 1 July 2014 

Charge to the profit and loss account 

At 30 June 2015 

10. Provisions for liabilities 

At 1 July 2014 

Charge to the profit and loss account 

Utilisation  

At 30 June 2015 

Provisions represent consultancy costs relating to the Group’s reorganisation and are expected to be utilised during 2015.

11. Called up share capital

Ordinary shares of 10 pence each 

At 30 June 2014 and at 30 June 2015 

Allotted and fully paid

Number 

£m

182,840,301 

18.3

Ordinary shares carry full voting rights and ordinary shareholders are entitled to attend Company meetings and to receive 
payments to shareholders.

At 30 June 2015, awards were outstanding over 553,375 ordinary shares (2014: 1,637,260 ordinary shares) in relation to the 
equity-settled employee share schemes that are operated by the Company. Further information on the employee share 
schemes is presented in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

12. Movement on reserves

At 1 July 2014 

Profit for the financial year 

Issue of B Shares 

Redemption of B Shares 

At 30 June 2015 

  Called up 
share 
capital 
£m 

Share 

Capital 
premium  redemption 
reserve 
account 
£m 
£m 

Profit 
and loss 
account 
£m 

18.3 

— 

— 

— 

111.5 

— 

(9.1) 

— 

18.3 

102.4 

33.4 

— 

— 

8.7 

42.1 

9.5 

15.5 

— 

(8.7) 

16.3 

Total 
£m

172.7

15.5

(9.1)

—

179.1

At 30 June 2015, the profit and loss account reserve was stated net of a deduction of £0.8 million (2014: £0.8m) for the 
cost of own shares held in relation to the employee share schemes. Further information on own shares is presented in 
note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

13. Guarantees
The Company has guaranteed the indebtedness of certain of its subsidiaries up to an aggregate amount of £4.4 million 
(2014: £3.7m). 

14. Related party transactions
As permitted by FRS 8, ‘Related Party Disclosures’, transactions between the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries 
are not disclosed in these financial statements.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Subsidiaries

Details of the Company’s subsidiaries at 30 June 2015 are as follows. In each case, the Company’s equity interest is in the 
form of ordinary shares which, unless stated otherwise, are indirectly owned. Full information of all interests are given in 
the Company’s annual return.

The business activity of each of the Company’s trading subsidiaries is the manufacture, distribution and sale of Household 
and Personal Care products.

Subsidiaries 

Trading subsidiaries

Robert McBride Ltd(1) 

McBride S.A. 

McBride S.A.S. 

McBride S.p.A. 

Problanc S.A.S. 

Vitherm France S.A.S. 

McBride B.V. 

Chemolux Germany GmbH 

Chemolux S.a.r.l. 

Intersilesia McBride Polska Sp. z o.o  

McBride S.A.U. 

McBride a.s.(2) 

McBride spol. s r.o.  

McBride Hungary Kft. 

McBride Australia Pty Ltd 

McBride Zhongshan Ltd 

McBride Hong Kong Limited   

Fortune Laboratories Sdn Bhd 

Newlane Cosmetics Company Limited 

Holding companies

McBride Holdings Limited 

McBride CE Holdings Limited  

McBride Asia Holdings Limited 

McBride Hong Kong Holdings Limited 

Fortlab Holdings Sdn Bhd 

CNL Holdings Sdn Bhd 

Fortune Organics (F.E.) Sdn Bhd 

Equity interest 

Country of  
incorporation 
and operation

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

99% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

70% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

55% 

England

Belgium

France

Italy

France

France

 Netherlands

Germany

Luxembourg

Poland

Spain

Czech Republic

Czech Republic

Hungary

Australia

China

Hong Kong

Malaysia

  Vietnam

England

England

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

Malaysia

Malaysia

  Malaysia

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

117

Equity interest 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

Country of  
incorporation 
and operation

Singapore

England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

 England

   England

Spain

Subsidiaries continued   

Dormant

CM Nouvelle Holdings Pte. Ltd. 

Breckland Mouldings Limited  

Camille Simon Holdings Limited  

Camille Simon Limited 

Culmstock Limited  

Darcy Bolton Limited 

Darcy Bolton Property Limited 

Darcy Limited 

Detergent Information Limited 

G.Garnett & Sons, Limited 

G.Garnett Estates Limited 

Globol Properties (UK) Limited 

H.H. Limited 

HomePride Limited 

Hugo Personal Care Limited   

International Consumer Products Limited 

Longthorne Laboratories Limited 

McBride Aircare Limited 

McBride Business Services Limited 

McBride UK Limited  

McBrides Limited    

Milstock Limited 

RMG (Droylsden) Limited 

Robert McBride (Aerosols) Limited 

Robert McBride (Bradford) Limited 

Robert McBride (Properties) Limited 

Robert McBride Homecare Limited 

Robert McBride Household Limited 

Savident Limited 

McBride Holdings S.L. 

Other

Robert McBride Pension Fund Trustees Limited 

100% 

 England

(1)  McBride plc directly owns 100% of McBride Holdings Limited and 57.7% of Robert McBride Ltd. 

(2) McBride Holdings Limited is committed to purchase the 30% equity interest in McBride a.s. that it does not already own on terms which are such 

that the Group does not recognised any non-controlling interest in McBride a.s.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
118

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Group five‑year summary

Revenue 

Adjusted operating profit 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional items   

Operating profit/(loss) 

Net finance costs 

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Taxation 

(Loss)/profit after tax 

Earnings per share  

  Diluted 

  Adjusted diluted 

Year ended 30 June

2015 
£m 

704.2 

28.5 

(1.0) 

2014 
£m 

744.2 

22.0 

(1.4) 

(17.8) 

(34.5) 

9.7 

(7.1) 

2.6 

(3.3) 

(0.7) 

(13.9) 

(7.4) 

(21.3) 

2.2 

(19.1) 

2013 
£m 

761.4 

23.6 

(1.1) 

(7.5) 

15.0 

(6.0) 

9.0 

(3.5) 

5.5 

2012 
£m 

813.9 

29.5 

(1.7) 

(9.7) 

18.1 

(6.0) 

12.1 

(3.0) 

9.1 

2011 
£m

812.4

29.0

(2.9)

(12.3)

13.8

(6.7)

7.1

(1.8)

5.3

(0.4p) 

(10.5p) 

8.3p 

5.3p 

3.0p 

7.3p 

5.0p 

9.7p 

2.9p

9.3p

Payments to shareholders (per ordinary share) 

3.6p 

5.0p 

5.0p 

5.0p 

6.8p

Non-current assets  

  Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

  Other assets 

Current assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Net assets 

Net debt 

At 30 June

2015 
£m 

2014 
£m 

2013 
£m 

2012 
£m 

2011 
£m

129.8 

143.4 

173.6 

175.6 

19.7 

21.5 

171.0 

225.4 

26.3 

14.6 

184.3 

245.8 

34.1 

6.2 

213.9 

231.9 

35.7 

2.9 

214.2 

229.8 

190.9

38.6

3.1

232.6

252.1

(218.0) 

(229.8) 

(246.9) 

(252.9) 

(278.9)

(120.9) 

(131.7) 

(92.2) 

(78.7) 

(80.4)

57.5 

92.4 

68.6 

106.7 

112.4 

125.4

84.7 

86.8 

81.2 

83.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Useful information for shareholders

McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

119

Financial calendar
Next key dates for shareholders in 2015 and 2016:

Annual General Meeting  

2014/15 Q1 interim 
management statement  

20 October 2015

20 October 2015

Record date for entitlement to B Shares   23 October 2015

Record date for entitlement to B Share 
allotments payable on B Shares issued 
and not previously redeemed  

Ex-entitlement to B Shares date  

Credit CREST accounts with 
B Share entitlements  

Latest date for receipt by Registrar 
of completed election forms and 
submitting CREST elections 

23 October 2015

26 October 2015

26 October 2015

 13 November 2015

Despatch of cheques in respect of 
B Shares which have been redeemed  

27 November 2015

Payment into bank accounts in respect  
of B Shares which have been redeemed  
by certificated shareholders who have  
valid mandate instructions in place  

27 November 2015

Despatch of share certificates 
for B Shares not being redeemed  

Payments on redeemed B Shares 
issued in CREST  

Payments of B Share allotments 
payable on B Shares issued and 
not previously redeemed  

2015/16 Half year end 

2015/16 Half year trading statement  

Interim results announced  

2015/16 Q3 interim  
management statement  

2015/16 Year end  

2015/16 Year end trading statement  

27 November 2015

27 November 2015

27 November 2015

31 December 2015

January 2016

February 2016

April 2016

30 June 2016

July 2016

Full year preliminary statement  

September 2016

These dates are provisional and may be subject to change.

Payments to shareholders
On 24 March 2011 shareholders approved a proposal for the 
implementation of a B Share scheme as a mechanism for 
making payments to shareholders. This involves the issue of 
non-cumulative redeemable preference shares (B Shares) 
in place of income distributions. Shareholders are able to 
redeem any number of their B Shares for cash. B Shares 
that are retained attract a dividend of 75% of LIBOR 
on the 0.1 pence nominal value of each share, paid on a 
twice-yearly basis.

Shareholders may choose to have payments made 
directly into their bank or building society account. This 
benefits shareholders as the payments are paid into their 
account, as cleared funds, on the date the payment is due. 
Confirmation of payment is contained in a payment advice 
which is posted to shareholders’ registered addresses at 
the time of payment. This payment advice should be kept 
safely for future reference.

Shareholders who wish to benefit from this service 
should complete the relevant section of the election form 
accompanying the Notice of Annual General Meeting. 
Alternatively, the required documentation can be obtained 
by contacting the Company’s registrar using one of the 
methods outlined below.

Shareholder queries
Shareholders who change address, lose their share 
certificates, wish to amalgamate multiple shareholdings 
to avoid receiving duplicate documentation, want to have 
payments paid directly into their bank account or otherwise 
have a query or require information relating to their 
shareholding should contact the Company’s registrar. 

This can be done by writing to Capita Asset Services, 
The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent 
BR3 4TU. Alternatively, shareholders can contact Capita 
Asset Services on 0871 664 0300 (calls cost 10 pence 
per minute plus network extras; lines are open 9.00am 
to 5.30pm Monday to Friday), or on +44 20 8639 
3399 if calling from overseas, or email their enquiry to 
shareholderenquiries@capita.co.uk, indicating they are a 
McBride shareholder.

Shareholders are also able to access and amend details 
of their shareholding (such as address and distribution 
payment instructions), via the registrar’s website at  
www.capitashareportal.com. If you have not previously 
registered to use this facility you will need your investor 
code, which can be found on your proxy card, or on any 
share certificate issued by Capita Asset Services.

Electronic communications
Shareholders are able to register to receive communications 
from McBride electronically. This service enables 
shareholders to tailor their communication requirements to 
their needs. McBride is encouraging shareholders to use this 
service to elect to receive all communications electronically 
which enables more secure and prompt communication and 
allows shareholders to:

•	 receive electronic notification via email and the 

internet of the publication and availability of statutory 
documents such as financial results, including annual and 
interim reports;

•	 access details of their individual shareholding quickly 

and securely on-line;

•	 amend their details (such as address or bank details);

•	 choose the way payments are received; and

•	 submit proxy voting instructions for shareholder 

meetings including the AGM.

It also enables shareholders to contribute directly to 
reducing McBride’s costs and environmental impact 
through saving paper, mailing and transportation and 
reducing unnecessary waste.

You can register directly by visiting  
www.capitashareportal.com and following the on-line 
instructions. Alternatively, you can access the service via 
the investor relations section of McBride’s website at  
www.mcbride.co.uk.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

r
e
p
o
r
t

C
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
g
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

 
 
 
 
120 McBride plc Annual Report and Accounts 2015

Useful information for shareholders continued

On‑line shareholder services
McBride provides a number of services on-line in 
the investor relations section of its website at  
www.mcbride.co.uk, where shareholders and other 
interested parties may:

•	 view and/or download annual and interim reports;

•	 check current or historic share prices (there is an historic 

share price download facility);

•	 check the amounts and dates of historic payments to 

shareholders;

•	 use interactive tools to calculate the value of 

shareholdings and chart McBride ordinary share price 
changes against indices; and

•	 register to receive email alerts regarding press releases, 

including regulatory news announcements, annual 
reports and Company presentations.

ShareGift
McBride supports ShareGift, the share donation charity 
(registered charity number 1052686). ShareGift was set up 
so that shareholders who have only a very small number of 
shares which might be considered uneconomic to sell are 
able to dispose of them by donating them for the benefit 
of UK charities. Donated shares are aggregated and sold by 
ShareGift, the proceeds being passed on to a wide range of 
UK charities. Donating shares to charity gives rise neither 
to a gain nor a loss for UK capital gains purposes and UK 
taxpayers may also be able to claim income tax relief on the 
value of the donation.

Further information about donating shares to ShareGift is 
available either from its website at www.sharegift.org, by 
writing to ShareGift at 17 Carlton House Terrace, London 
SW1Y 5AH or by contacting them on +44 (0)20 7930 3737.

Even if the share certificate has been lost or destroyed, 
the gift can be completed. The service is generally free, 
however, there may be an indemnity charge for a lost or 
destroyed share certificate where the value of the shares 
exceeds £100.

Share price history
The following table sets out, for the five financial years to 
30 June 2015, the reported high, low, average and financial 
year end (30 June or immediately preceding business day) 
closing middle market quotations of McBride’s ordinary 
shares on the London Stock Exchange.

2011  

2012  

2013  

2014  

2015 

Share price (pence)

Low 

Average 

Financial 
year end

 124 

105 

101  

93  

75 

 155  

 123  

127 

111  

89 

138

124

 111

96

102

High 

192 

142  

147  

135  

105 

Unsolicited mail
The Company is obliged by law to make its share register 
publicly available should a request be received. As a 
consequence, shareholders may receive unsolicited mail 
from organisations that use it as a mailing list. Shareholders 
wishing to limit the amount of such mail should either 
write to Mailing Preference Service, DMA House, 
70 Margaret Street, London W1W 8SS, register on-line 
at www.mpsonline.org.uk or call the Mailing Preference 
Service (MPS) on 0845 703 4599. MPS is an independent 
organisation which offers a free service to the public.

Warning to shareholders – boiler room scams
Each year in the UK £1.2 billion is lost to investment fraud 
and the average investor loses around £20,000. What’s 
more, it is estimated that only 10% of the people that 
become victims of investment fraud actually report.

Investment scams are becoming ever more sophisticated 
– designed to look like genuine investments, they are 
increasingly difficult to spot. They are targeted at those 
most at risk, typically people in retirement who are actively 
seeking an investment opportunity.

Protect yourself
1. Reject cold calls
If you have been cold called with an offer to buy or sell 
shares, chances are it is a high risk investment or scam. You 
should treat the call with extreme caution. The safest thing 
to do is hang up.

If you are offered unsolicited investment advice, discounted 
shares, a premium price for shares you own, or free 
company or research reports, you should get the name of 
the person and organisation contacting you and take these 
steps before handing over any money.

2. Check the firm on the FS register at  
www.fca.org.uk/register
The Financial Services Register is a public record of all the 
firms and individuals in the financial services industry that 
are regulated by the FCA.

Use the details on the Register to contact the firm.

3. Get impartial advice
Think about getting impartial financial advice before 
you hand over any money. Seek advice from someone 
unconnected to the firm that has approached you.

REMEMBER, if it sounds too good to be true, 
it probably is!
If you use an unauthorised firm to buy or sell shares or 
other investments, you will not have access to the Financial 
Ombudsman Service or Financial Services Compensation 
Scheme (FSCS) if things go wrong.

Report a scam
If you suspect you have been approached by fraudsters 
please tell the FCA using the share fraud reporting form at  
www.fca.org.uk/scams, where you can find out more about 
investment scams. You can also call the FCA Consumer 
Helpline on 0800 111 6768.

If you have lost money to investment fraud, you should 
report it to Action Fraud on 0300 123 2040 or on-line at  
www.actionfraud.police.uk

Find out more at www.fca.org.uk/scamsmart

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UK
McBride plc
Shared Service Centre
Central Park
Northampton Road
Manchester M40 5BP

Robert McBride Ltd
Middleton Way
Middleton
Manchester M24 4DP
Telephone: +44 (0)161 653 9037
Facsimile:  +44 (0)161 655 2278

Western Europe
McBride SA
6 Rue Moulin Masure
7730 Estaimpuis
Belgium
Telephone: +32 56 48 2111
Facsimile:  +32 56 48 2110

Rest of the World
Central and Eastern Europe
McBride Polska
ul. Matejki 2a
47100 Strzelce Opolskie
Poland
Telephone: +48 774 049100
Facsimile:  +48 774 049101

South East Asia/Australasia
McBride Hong Kong
Unit 06, 26th Floor
No. 1 Hung To Road
Kwun Tong
Kowloon
Hong Kong
Telephone: +852 2790 8480
Facsimile:  +852 2790 8484

Company’s registered office
McBride plc
Middleton Way
Middleton
Manchester M24 4DP
Telephone: +44 (0)161 653 9037
www.mcbride.co.uk

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountant and Statutory Auditors
1 Embankment Place
London WC2N 6RH

Joint financial advisers and brokers
Investec plc
2 Gresham Street
London EC2V 7QP

Panmure Gordon & Co. plc
One New Change
London EC4M 9AF

Principal bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
Ashton House 
497 Silbury Boulevard 
Milton Keynes MK9 2LD

BayernLB
Moor House
120 London Wall
London EC2Y 5ET

BNP Paribas
10 Harewood Avenue
London NW1 6AA

HSBC Bank plc
Level 6
Metropolitan House, CBX3
321 Avebury Boulevard
Milton Keynes MK9 2GA

KBC Bank N.V.
5th Floor
111 Old Broad Street
London EC2N 1BR

Registrars
Capita Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU

Financial public relations advisers
FTI Consulting LLP
200 Aldersgate
London EC1A 4HD

The paper used in this report is produced using virgin wood fibre from well managed forests in Brazil, Sweden 
and Germany with FSC® certification. All pulps used are Elemental Chlorine Free (ECF) and manufactured at a 
mill that has been awarded the ISO 14001 and EMAS certificates for environmental management. The use of the 
FSC® logo identifies products which contain wood from well‑managed forests certified in accordance with the 
rules of the Forest Stewardship Council.

Printed by Pureprint Group Limited, a CarbonNeutral company with FSC®, ISO 14001 and EMAS certification. 
Pureprint is committed to all round excellence and improving environmental performance as an important part of 
this strategy. Pureprint aims to reduce at source the effect operations have on the environment, and is committed 
to continual improvement, prevention of pollution and compliance with any legislation or industry standards.

Designed and produced by  

www.lyonsbennett.com

McBride plc
Middleton Way
Middleton
Manchester M24 4DP
Telephone: +44 (0)161 653 9037
Facsimile:  +44 (0)161 655 2278
www.mcbride.co.uk

M

c

B

r

i

d

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

5

McBride has been accepted into 
the FTSE4Good Index Series of 
leading companies which meet 
globally recognised corporate 
responsibility standards.

McBride has been a leading 
contributor in the development of 
the A.I.S.E. Charter for sustainable 
cleaning and was the first Private Label 
company to achieve Charter status.

 
 
 
 
 
 
M
c
B
r
i
d
e
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
1
5